vvEPA
          United States
          Environmental Protection
          Agency
              Office of Air Quality
              Planning and Standards
              Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
EPA-450/3-91-021
October 1991
          Air
Economic Impact Analysis of
Regulatory Controls in the Dry
Cleaning Industry

Final

-------
 Economic Impact Analysis
of Regulatory Controls in the
    Dry Cleaning Industry
          Emission Standards Division
                 U.S. F.n*; •"•-"•

                 77 Weil >- ..:••
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
         Office of Air and Radiation
      Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
      Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
            October1991

-------

-------
                                     (Disclaimer)

      This report has been  reviewed by the Emission  Standards  Division of  the
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, EPA, and  approved for
publication.  Mention of trade names or commercial products  is  not intended to
constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.  Copies of this report are
available through the Library Services Office (MD-35),  U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711, or from National
Technical Information Services,  5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, .VA  22161.
                                    iii

-------
                                   CONTENTS
Section
                                                                          Page
   1  Introduction and Summary	

   2  Supply of Dry Cleaning Services	

       2.1  Profile of Suppliers by Industry Sector 	       2-l
            2.1.1  Commercial Sector 	
            2.1.2  Coin-operated Sector	           •                  ~  ,
                                                	 ^. —D
            2.1.3  Industrial Sector 	
       2.2  Production History and Trends 	
       2.3  Production Processes
                                   	 2-14
            2.3.1  Machine  Types 	
            2.3.2  Solvents 	
                                     	 2 — 16
            2.3.3  Production Processes ...                               0 , „
                                             	 4. —1.0
      2 . 4   Costs of Production	
            2.4.1  Costs  of Production for Existing  Facilities 	 2-24
            2.4.2  Costs  of Production for New Facilities	 2-25
      2.5  Model Facility  Profile	                 2_27

 3  Demand  for Dry Cleaning Services	                -^
      3 .1   Household Demand	
           3.1.1  Consumption and Trends	                3_,
           3.1.2  Characterization of Consumers 	         3_7
           3.1.3  Household Demand Function . . . . _	          3_10
           3.1.4  The  Value of Time and the Full-Cost Model	 3-1,4
           3.1.5  Sensitivity To Price	                             , 10
                                             	 j —J.O
     3.2   Industrial  Demand 	
           3.2.1  Consumption and Trends	                 3-1 Q
          3.2.2  Characterization  of Demanders 	   3_20
          3.2.3 Derived Demand 	
                                    IV

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)

Section                                                                   Page

             3.2.4   Sensitivity to Price	  3-21

   4  Market Structure in the Dry Cleaning Industry	 4-1
       4.1   Facility  Location Decision 	 4-1
             4.1.1   Commercial Dry Cleaners	 4-2
             4.1.2   Coin-operated Dry Cleaners 	 	 4-3
             4.1.3   Industrial Dry Cleaners	 4-4
       4.2   Market  Structure 	 	 4-4
             4.2.1   Market Structure in the Commercial Sector 	 4-5
             4.2.2   Market Structure in the Coin-operated Sector 	  4-15
             4.2.3   Market Structure in the Industrial Sector 	  4-18
       4.3   Model Markets	  4-19
             4.3.1   Commercial Sector Markets 	  4-19
             4.3.2   Coin-operated Sector Markets 	  4-22
             4.3.3   Industrial Sector Markets 	  4-23

   5  Financial  Profile of Commercial 0ry  Cleaning  Firms	 5-1
       5.1   Firm Finances and Facility Economics	 5-1
       5.2   Population of Potentially Affected Firms	 5-2
       5.3   Legal Ownership of Commercial Dry Cleaning Facilities 	 5-3
             5.3.1   Sole Proprietorship	 5-3
             5.3.2   Partnerships	 5-4
             5.3.3   Corporations	 5-5
       5.4   Distribution of Companies by Receipts Size	5-6
       5.5   Distribution of Companies by Number of Facilities	5-8
       5. 6   Vertical  Integration and Diversification	 5-9
       5.7   Financial Characteristics of Firms in Regulated
             Industry(ies)	  5-10

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)




Section
                                                                          Page



       5.8   Key Business  Ratios  of  Dry  Cleaning  Firms	 5_15



       5. 9   Availability  and Costs  of Capital	;	•	     5_18





   6   Responses to  the  Regulatory Alternatives	                  C_T



       6.1  Overview of Regulatory Alternatives	      g^


       6.2  Firm-Level Responses 	                                     ,  0
                                        	  b — £


       6.3  Facility-Level Responses 	                  6_6


            6.3.1   Compliance Option Costs 	         6_6


            6.3.2   Compliance Options Under Each Regulatory Alternative ..  6-9
  7  Impacts of the Regulatory Alternatives
                                                                          7-1
      7.1   Affected Population	               7 ,



      7.2   Costs  of Compliance	                                  -, 0
                                        ••••••••••>•	•*.*.... / — o


      7.3   Market Adjustments  	


            7.3.1  Price and Output Adjustments 	 7_15

            7.3.2  Welfare Effects	           7_24


            7.3.3  Plant Closures	             'l-33

            7.3.4  Employment Effects 	           7_37


      7.4   Ownership Adjustments in Commercial Dry Cleaning Sector 	 7-41


      7.5   Effects on Small Businesses	             7_68




 8  Conclusion	
                               	  8—1




 9  References 	





 Appendix A	
                          	A-l

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)
Table                                                                     Page


1-1   Estimated Number of Dry Cleaning Plants by Industry Sector (1991) ... 1-3

1-2   Annualized Costs and Welfare Impacts of the Dry Cleaning NESHAP by
      Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff ($1989) 	 1-7

1-3   Projected Worst-Case Net Plant Closures and Employment Effects of
      the Dry Cleaning NESHAP	 1-8

2-1   Distribution of PCE Dry Cleaning Machines and Facilities in the
      Commercial Sector	 2-3

2-2   1991 Distribution of Receipts for Commercial Dry Cleaning
      Establishments:  PCE and Non-PCE Establishments ($1989) 	 2-4

2-3   1991 Distribution of Receipts for Commercial Dry Cleaning
      Establishments:  PCE Establishments only ($1989) 	 	 2-4

2-4   1991 Distribution of Dry Cleaning Output in the Commercial Sector:
      PCE and Non-PCE Establishments	 2-5

2-5   1991 Distribution of Dry Cleaning Output in the Commercial Sector:
      PCE Establishments Only	 2-5

2-6   1991 Distribution of Receipts for Coin-Operated Establishments With ,
      Dry Cleaning Capacity  ($1989)	 2-8

2-7   1991 Distribution of Dry Cleaning Output in the Coin-Operated
      Sector	 2-9

2-8   Annual Receipts, Average Base Price, and Total Output for
      Commercial Dry Cleaners ($1989) 	 2-13

2-9   Annual Growth Rates by Machine Type and Sector (1986-1989) 	 2-13


2-10  Capital Costs of New Dry-to-Dry Machines ($1989) 	 2-22

2-11  Average Annual Operating Costs for Commercial Dry Cleaning Plants . . 2-23


2-12  Average Input Prices for PCE Dry Cleaning Facilities  ($1989)  	 2-24

2-13  Model Plant Description and the Distribution of PCE Facilities by
      Industry Sector and Income Level	 2-28
                                      vxi

-------
                               CONTENTS  (continued)
  Table
                                                                           Page


  3-1   Household  Expenditures on Commercial Laundry and Dry Cleaninq
       Services 1980-1989  ($1989)	             3_5


  3-2   Number and Median Income of Women in the Work Force 1980-1989
       ($1989)	    3_7


  3-3   Household  Expenditures on Commercial and Coin-Operated Dry Cleaning
       and Laundry Services by Income Category  ($1989) 	    3-9


  3-4   Household  Expenditures on Commercial and Coin-Operated Dry Cleaning
       and Laundry Services by Occupation Category	          3-10


  3-5   Household Expenditures on Commercial and Coin-Operated Dry Cleaning
       and Laundry Services by Location Category	     3-11


 3-6   Regression Analysis	                    3-16


 4-1   Data Used in the Supply/Demand Estimation	      4_8


 4-2   Parameter Estimates  and Regression Statistics  from the
       Supply/Demand Estimation	         4_10


 4-3   Parameter Estimates  and Regression Statistics  from  the
       Supply/Demand Estimation  (Time-Trend Specification) 	  4-11


 4-4  Profile of  Model Markets  in the  Commercial  Sector	  4-20


 5-1  Legal Form  of  Organization of  Dry  Cleaning  Firms—Number and
      Percent 	


 5-2   Receipts of Dry  Cleaning Firms	                5_7


 5-3   Concentration  by Largest Dry Cleaning Firms	 5-7


 5-4   Number of Commercial Dry Cleaning Facilities per Firm by Income
      Category	 5_9


5-5   Number of Dry Cleaning Firms,  by Size and Baseline Financial
      Condition	                      ,_1 _


5-6   Number of Dry Cleaning Firms,  by Size and Baseline Financial
      Condition	                      _  -

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)
Table                                                                     Page


5-7   Baseline Financial Ratios of Dry Cleaning Firms	5-17

6-1   Control Technology Options Under Each Regulatory Alternative 	 6-2

7-1   Size Cutoff Levels Based on Consumption of Perchloroethylene (' 3E)  . . 7-3

7-2   Distribution of Affected Facilities by Industry Sector,  Model
      Market, and Size Cutoff:  Regulatory Alternatives I and II	7-4

7-3   Distribution of Affected Facilities by Industry Sector,  Model
      Market, and Size Cutoff:  Regulatory Alternative III.	7-5

7-4   Distribution of Affected Output by Industry Sector, Model Marker,
      and Size Cutoff:  Regulatory Alternatives I and II	 7-6

7-5   Distribution of Affected Output by Industry Sector, Model Marke.,
      and Size Cutoff:  Regulatory Alternative III	 7-7

7-6   Model Plant Capital and Operating Compliance Costs for Carbon
      Adsorber Controls ($1989)	 7-9

7-7   Model Plant Capital and Operating Compliance Costs for Refrigerated
      Condensor controls in the Commercial Sector ($1989) 	 7-10

7-8   Model Plant Annualized Compliance Costs for Regulatory Alternative
      I ($1989)	'.	 7-12

7-9   Model Plant Annualized Compliance Costs for Regulatory Alternatives
      II and III ($1989)	7-13

7-10  Market Adjustments Computed for Each Sector and Model Market in the
      Dry Cleaning Industry	 7-15

7-11  Price Adjustments for Each Sector of the Dry Cleaning Industry oy
      Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff	 7-19

7-12  Price Adjustments for Model Markets in the Commercial Sector by
      Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff (percentage change from
      Baseline)			 . 7-20

7-13  Output Adjustments for Each Sector of the Dry Cleaning Industry by
      Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff	 7-21

-------
                               CONTENTS (continued)
  Table
                                                                            Page


  7-14  Output  Adjustments  for Model .Markets  in  the  Commercial Sector bv
        Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff	         1-22

  7-15  Consumer Welfare  Impacts  for Each  Sector of  the Dry  Cleaning
        Industry by Regulatory Alternative and Size  Cutoff	     7-27

  7-16  Consumer Welfare  Impacts  for Model Markets in the Commercial  Sector
        by Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff  ($ thousands) 	  7-28

  7-17   Producer Welfare  Impacts  for Each  Sector of the Dry  Cleaning
        Industry by Regulatory Alternative  and Size Cutoff {$  thousands)...  7-29

  7-18   Producer Welfare  Impacts  for Model Markets in the Commercial Sector
        by Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff ($ thousands) 	 7-30

  7-19  Net Welfare Impacts For Each Sector of the Dry Cleaning Industry by
       Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff ($ thousands)	 7-31

 7-20  Net Welfare Impacts for Model Markets  in  the Commercial Sector by
       Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff ($ thousands)	 7-32

 7-21  Projected  Worst-Case Net Plant  Closures in  Each  Sector of the  Dry
       Cleaning Industry  by Regulatory Alternative  and  Size  Cutoff	7-34

 7-22  Projected Worst-case Net Plant  Closures in each Model Market of the
       Commercial  Sector  by Regulatory Alternative and  Size  Cutoff	 7-35

 7-23  Projected Worker Displacements	               7_3g
 7-24  Projected Worker Displacement Costs  ($ millions)
                                                                          7-41
7-25  Number of Affected Dry Cleaning Firms By Size and Baseline
      Financial Condition, Regulatory Alternatives I and II . . . '.	7-43

7-26  Number of Affected Dry Cleaning Firms By Size and Baseline
      Financial Condition, Regulatory Alternative III	•	     7_44

7-27  Number of Affected Dry Cleaning Firms By Size and Baseline
      Financial Condition, Regulatory Alternatives I and II	 7-45

7-28  Number of Affected Dry Cleaning Firms By Size and Baseline
      Financial Condition, Regulatory Alternative III	  7_46

-------
                             CONTENTS  (continued)
Table                                     .                                Page


7-29  Installed Price of Control Equipment and Annual Operating Cost, by
      Regulatory Alternative and Size of Firm	 7-47.

7-30  Annual Principal and Interest Payments on a Seven-Year Note By
      Regulatory Alternative, Fi-rm Size, and Interest Rate ($>a	7-49

7-31  Initial Cash Outlay Requirement and Recurring Annual Expenses By
      Firm Size, Financial Concition, and Regulatory Alternative  ($) 	 7-50

7-32  Key Financial Ratios	 7-53

7-33  Baseline and Affected Financial Ratios:  <$25,000 Firm Receipts.... 7-54

7-34  Baseline and Affected Financial Ratios:  $25,000-50,000 Firm
      Receipts	 7-55


7-35  Baseline and affected Financial Ratios:  $50,000-75,000 Firm
      Receipts .	 7-56

7-36  Baseline and affected Financial Ratios:  $75,000-100,000 Firm
      Receipts	 7-57

7-37  Baseline and affected Financial Ratios:  >$100,000 Firm Receipts... 7-58

7-38  Projected Financial Failures of Commercial Dry Cleaning Firms by
      Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff, Financial Scenario I
      (Number of Firms and Percent)	 7-60

7-39  Projected Financial Failures of Commercial Dry Cleaning Firms by
      Regulatory Alternative and Size Cutoff, Financial Scenario II
      (Number of Firms and Percent)	7-61
                                      xi

-------
                               CONTENTS (continued)



  Figure
 2-3   Market Supply Curve for Existing Facilities
                                                                            Page
  1-1   Number of Affected Dry Cleaning Facilities By Regulatory
        Alternative and Size Cutoff	


  1-2   Potential Changes in Ownership by Size Cutoff,  Financial
        Scenario I	


  1-3   Potential Changes in Ownership by Size Cutoff,  Financial
        Scenario II	


  2-1   Typical  Configuration of a  Dry Cleaning Machine and  the  Various
        Attachments 	
                                                 ••»•••••••••••,»»,,. ...... ^ "~ X O


  2-2    PCE Consumption by  Sector for  1991.                                 -, ,0
                                               	f.~ 1C
                                                                           2-25
 2-4   New Facility Costs Compared to Market Supply Curve for Existing
       Facilities ......................                              ^
                                  ......................................... 2—26

 3-1   Total Annual Household Consumption of Commercial Dry Cleaning
       Services (1980-1988) ...........................             y


 3-2   Annual Consumption of Commercial Dry Cleaning Services per
       Household (1980-1988) ....................
 4-1   Demand for Self-Service  Dry Cleaning ....................             4_17


 6-1   Responses  to  the  Proposed Regulation .....................             6_4


 7-1   Price  and  Output  Adjustments Due to  a Market  Supply  Shrift ..........  7-16


 7-2   Welfare Change Estimation ............................                7_25


 7-3   Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts, Financial
      Scenario I—Regulatory Alternative I ..........................       7_62


7-4   Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts, Financial
      Scenario I — Regulatory Alternative II                                -, ---,
                                                  ........................  / — oo
                                     Xll

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)
Figure                                                                    Page


7-5   Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts,  Financial
      Scenario I—Regulatory Alternative III	 7-64


7-6   Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts,  Financial
      Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative III	 7-65


7-7   Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts,  Financial
     • Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative III	 7-66


7-8   Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts,  Financial
      Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative III	 7-67


7-9   Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures,
      Financial Scenario I—Regulatory Alternative I 	 7-69


7-10  Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures,
      Financial Scenario I—Regulatory Alternative II	7-70


7-11  Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures,
      Financial Scenario I—Regulatory Alternative III	 7-71


7-12  Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures,
      Financial Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative I	 7-72


7-13  Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures,
      Financial Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative II	7-73

7-14  Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures,
      Financial Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative III	7-74
                                     xiii

-------
                                     SECTION 1
                              INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY

        Under the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, the U.S. Environmental
  Protection Agency (EPA) is  required to propose and promulgate a regulation to
  control Hazardous Air Pollutant  (HAP) emissions from dry cleaning facilities.
  HAP's emitted from dry cleaning include perchloroethylene (PCE)  and 1,1,1-
  Trichloroethane (1,1,1-TCA).  This report investigates the economic impacts
  associated with three candidate regulatory alternatives and five size cutoff
  levels considered for proposal.   All plants that  use 1,1,1-TCA are in
  compliance with the  proposed regulatory alternatives in the  baseline.   No
  costs or economic  impacts  are projected for these facilities.   Therefore,  the
  analysis of regulatory controls  addresses  impacts associated with  the  control
  of  PCE emissions only.

       .This  section provides  a  brief  overview of the  dry  cleaning industry  and
  the impacts of  the regulatory  alternatives  discussed in  detail in  the balance
  of the report.  A description  of  supply and demand for dry cleaning services
  is provided in  Sections 2 and  3,  respectively.  Section  4 describes market
  structure and outlines an approach for analyzing market  impacts of the
  regulatory alternatives.  The baseline financial profile of dry cleaning firms
 is provided in Section 5.  Section -6 describes the requirements .of the
 candidate regulatory alternatives and outlines potential responses to the
 regulatory alternatives.  Section 7 reports projected economic and financial
 impacts associated with each regulatory alternative and Section 8 summarizes
 the  analysis.

       The dry  cleaning industry is comprised of  three sectors:   commercial
 (SIC 7216),  coin-operated (SIC 7215),  and  industrial  (SIC 7218).  Commercial
 facilities  are. the most  prevalent  of  the three types  and  are  generally  located
 in shopping  centers and  near  densely  populated areas.  Coin-operated plants
 are typically part of  a  laundromat  and provide dry cleaning either  on a  self-
 service basis or by accepting items over the counter-similar to commercial
 facilities.  industrial plants usually rent uniforms and  other items to  their
industrial or commercial users and are generally larger than commercial  and
coin-operated facilities.
                                      1-1

-------
       It  is  important to distinguish between the terms machine, facility,
plant,  establishment, and firm used to describe the dry cleaning industry in
this  analysis.  A dry cleaning machine is a piece of equipment designed to
clean clothes or other items using a solvent mixture in place of water and
detergent.   The terms facility, plant, and establishment are used
interchangeably and refer to a single physical location where dry cleaning
services  are produced.  Each facility may use one or more dry cleaning
machines  in  the production process.  A dry cleaning firm is a legal entity
that  owns one or more dry cleaning facilities.

       Approximately 34,000 facilities offer dry cleaning services in the
United States.  Of these,.about 28,000 use PCE in their cleaning process.  The
commercial sector comprises approximately 90 percent of the industry with an
estimated 30,494 dry cleaning plants; 24,947 of these plants use PCE.  The
industrial sector has 1,379 total plants, but only about 325 have dry cleaning
capacity.  Approximately 40 percent, or  130, use PCE in their dry cleaning
operation.   The U.S. has 27,180 coin-operated laundries.  Of these 27,180
plants, an estimated 3,044 offer dry cleaning services.  Table 1-1 summarizes
the total number of plants, the number of dry cleaning plants, and the number
of dry cleaning plants that use PCE by industry sector.  In addition, the
number of potentially affected plants and potentially affected firms are
reported  in  Table 1-1. . Potentially affected entities include those that use
PCE in the dry cleaning process and do not have the control equipment required
under the most stringent regulatory scenario  (Regulatory Alternative III with
no cutoff) .  Potentially affected firms  include those business entities that
own potentially affected facilities.

       The three regulatory alternatives  under consideration for proposal
.specify control equipment requirements for facilities by industry sector and
machine technology.  An estimated 65 percent of dry cleaning plants or 21,954
have  some type of baseline Control equipment in place.  The 11,909 facilities
that  do not  have baseline control equipment in place would potentially incur
control costs under any of the alternatives considered.  An additional 1,930
facilities have control equipment that does not meet the requirements of
Regulatory Alternative III.  Therefore,  under the most stringent regulatory
scenario, 13,839 facilities would be affected.
                                      1-2

-------
  TABLE 1-1.  ESTIMATED NUMBER OF DRY CLEANING PLANTS BY INDUSTRY SECTOR  (1991)a
Sector
Commercial
Coin-
Operated
Total
Number of
Plantsb
30,494
27,180
Number of
Dry
Cleaning
Plantsc
30,494
3,044
Number of
PCE Dry
Cleaning
Plants
24,947
3,044
Number of
Potentially
Affected
Plantsd
12,159
1,615
=======
Number of
Potentially
Affected
Firms6
10,744
e
  Industrial

  Total
 1,379

59,053
   325

33,863
   130

28,121
    65

13,839
 ^Includes  facilities  with payroll  and  those  without payroll.
   Includes  plants  in the coin-operated  and  industrial  sectors that have dry
  cleaning machines and those that do not have dry cleaning machines
 clncludes  dry cleaning plants that use PCE as well as those that use other
    r0   PCE P^antS that d° not have ve"t controls required under the most
  stringent regulatory scenario (Regulatory Alternative III with no cutoff)
  Includes firms that own potentially affected plants.  The number of
  potentially affected firms that  own coin-operated or industrial plants is  not
  ?h^m^e? f"    ! analysi5'   Coin-operated plants will  likely be exempt from
  the regulation and industrial plants are expected to realize  cost-savings
  under each regulatory alternative  considered.   Therefore a firm financial
  analysis  is not performed for the  coin-operated or industrial  sectors.

 Source:  Radian (1991c); 1987 Census of Service Industries, Nonemployer
  Statistics  SeriesfU.S.  Department  of Commerce,  1990a); 1987 Census of  Service
  Industries,  Subject  Series  (U.S. Department  of  Commerce,  1990b);  Table  7-3.


       Many facilities in the commercial and coin-operated sectors that  are

 potentially affected by the  regulation are small establishments.   It  is

 estimated  that  over 75  percent  of potentially affected facilities receive less

 than $100,000 in annual receipts1.   The  annualized control  costs  associated
       Approximately 55 percent of affected machines represent output levels
corresponding_to $100,000 or less.  The difference in the distribution of
affected machines and affected facilities is attributable to two assumptions
used to estimate impacts.  First, it is assumed that uncontrolled machines
represent a larger share of lower income categories and a smaller share of
^nnennnnC°me cat*9ories'  Second, it is assumed that facilities with over
$100,000 in annual receipts use multiple machines in their operations whereas
facilities below $100,000 receipts use only one machine.   °peratlons wnereas

-------
 with the  regulatory alternatives  range  from $1,500  to $8,000  per plant.   For
 small facilities  below $25,000  in annual  receipts,  these control costs may
 represent more  than one third of  total  receipts  to  the facility.  To mitigate
 the  impacts  on  small facilities,  size cutoffs based on PCE  usage are
 considered.   These  cutoffs  correspond to  target  levels of annual receipts  and
 exempt  facilities below a specified output  level.   Figure 1-1 shows  the  number
 of affected  facilities under  each size  cutoff by Regulatory Alternative.   Note
 that the  number of  affected facilities  under each size cutoff is identical for
 Alternatives  I  and  II.

      Because thousands of  facilities in  the dry cleaning industry are
 potentially  affected,  analyzing regulatory  impacts  using a  facility-specific
 approach  is not feasible.   Therefore, a model plant  approach  based on fifteen
 model plants that characterize the machine  technology,  machine capacity, and
 operating practices  of  typical dry cleaning machines  is  used  to  estimate
 impacts in the  industry.  Within  each model plant category, impacts  are
 analyzed for plants  operating at  five output levels based on  annual  receipts.
 Furthermore, impacts are analyzed using a model market  approach  that
 differentiates the market for dry cleaning  services by  the  number  of
 facilities in the market, the share of affected  and unaffected facilities  in
 the market, and the projected behavioral  response to  the regulation.  Eight
model markets are used  to represent market conditions and market structure  in
 the dry cleaning industry including six model markets  for the commercial
 sector, one model for the coin-operated sector,  and one model for  the
 industrial sector.

      Regulatory impacts are projected using an integrated  approach that
combines an economic impact analysis with a firm financial  analysis.  In the
economic impact analysis a methodological and empirical approach based on  the
principles of applied welfare economics  is used.  Jlconomic  impacts are
quantified through estimated market adjustments of price and  output and
corresponding effects on consumer and producer welfare.  The price and output
adjustments computed in this analysis are short-run effects.  Almost all new
dry cleaning machines are equipped with  built-in vent controls that satisfy
the requirements of the regulations.   The current stock of  uncontrolled
                                      1-4

-------
             14,000 T
             12,000  -•
             10,000  -
                            13,839
  Number of
   Affected
  Facilities
              8,000  -
             6,000
             4, 000
             2,000
                                                       „, ]  Regulatory
                                                            Alternatives  I  and II

                                                            Regulatory
                                                            Alternative III
                                      25           50           75

                                 Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts (SOOO)
100
Figure  1-1.  Number of Affected Dry  Cleaning Facilities By Regulatory
             Alternative  and Size Cutoff

Source:  Tables 7-2 and  7-3.
                                       1-5

-------
machines would have been replaced with controlled machines even in the
baseline.  Consequently, long-run price and output adjustments are zero.  In
addition, the effects of the candidate regulatory alternatives on employment
and plant closures are quantified as part of the economic impact analysis.
Financial impacts including capital availability and profitability impacts are
projected recognizing that firms differ by size and baseline financial health.

      Table 1-2 reports the annualized costs, the producer welfare costs, and
the consumer welfare costs for the industry as a whole under each regulatory
alternative and size cutoff level.  The annualized costs include the annual
operating costs of control equipment along with the annualized installed costs
of the equipment.  The producer and consumer welfare costs are those projected
for the first year of the regulation.  Lesser losses will be incurred in
fourteen subsequent years because existing uncontrolled machines are being
replaced with controlled machines upon retirement, even at baseline.  Fifteen
years after the regulation takes effect,  producer and consumer welfare costs
are zero assuming that the current stock of uncontrolled machines would be
replaced with controlled machines in the baseline over this time period.

      Table 1-3 reports the projected worst-case net plant closures, projected
worker displacements, and worker displacement costs for the industry as a
whole under each regulatory alternative and size cutoff level.   The plant
closure projections assume that the short-run industry output reductions are
achieved by closure of the smallest size facilities.  The projected worker
displacements assume that layoffs are proportional to the short-run industry
output reductions.  The projected worker displacement costs are based on the
projected displacements and are one-time (non-recurring) costs.  Assuming (as
described above)  that the long-run equilibrium level of dry cleaning services
is unaffected by the regulation, the long-run equilibrium employment will
likewise be unaffected.  The output reduction used to estimate worker
displacement and displacement costs would have occurred in the baseline over
an estimated 15-year time period as owners of dry cleaning facilities replaced
retiring uncontrolled machines with controlled machines.  Implicit in thet
estimated displacement costs is the assumption that this baseline output
                                      1-6

-------
   TABLE  1-2.   ANNUALIZED COSTS  AND  WELFARE  IMPACTS  OF THE DRY  CLEANING NESHAP  BY
               REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE  CUTOFF  ($1989)a
  Cost or Impact Measure and
  Regulatory Alternative
  Annualized Costs  ($106)
        Regulatory I
        Regulatory II
        Regulatory III
  Consumer Welfare Impacts ($106)
        Regulatory I
        Regulatory II
        Regulatory III
 Producer  Welfare Impacts  ($106)
        Regulatory I
        Regulatory II
 	Regulatory III
Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
0        25        50       75       100
34.8
42.9
53.5
-14.6
-18.0
-20.3
-20.2
-25.0
-33.3
18.9
23.5
33.0
-10.8
-13.5
-15.8
-8.0
-10.0
-17.2
13.3
16.5
24.8
-7.7
-9.5
-11.5
-5.6
-7.0
13.3
11.1
13.9
21.3
-6.5
-8.1
-9.9
-4.6
-5.9
-11.5
9.1
11.5
17,7
-5.3
-6.7
-8.2
-3.8
-4.8
-9.5
 'Annualized Costs and producer and consumer welfare losses incurred in first
  year  of regulation.   Costs will  be incurred in subsequent yetrs  Jut
          -                                         current          "
 reduction— and corresponding reduction in employment— would have been
 accounted for through attriticn  rather than worker dislocation.   In other
 words, the present  value  of  foregone  future displacement  is assumed to  be
 zero .

      The  firm  financial  analysis uses  the  costs estimated  for the  economic
impact analysis to project changes in the financial viability of dry  cleaning
firms affected under each regulatory alternative.  Estimated costs  of capital
are developed for firms in poor,  average, and good financial condition.
                                      1-7

-------
 TABLE 1-3.   PROJECTED WORST-CASE  NET  PLANT CLOSURES  AND  EMPLOYMENT EFFECTS OF
             THE DRY CLEANING NESHAP
Impact Measure and
Regulatory Alternative
Worst-Case Net Plant Closures3
Regulatory I
Regulatory II
Regulatory III
Size
0

1,354
1,599
1,768
Cutoff in
25

373
457
529
Annual
50

147
182
221
Receipts
75

88
110
135
($000)
100

23
28
34
 Number Worker Displacements'*

       Regulatory I                   743      566      407      336      283

       Regulatory II                  920      707      513      424      354

       Regulatory III               1,043      831      619      513      424

 Worker Displacement Costs ($106)c

       Regulatory I                   21.4      16.3      11.7       9.7      8.2

       Regulatory II                  26.5      20.4      14.8      12.2     10.2

	Regulatory III	30.0      23.9      17.8      14.8     12.2

 aNet plant closures assuming all industry output reductions are achieved by
 closures of  smallest  affected  facilities.
 bAssumes labor demand  declines  in proportion  to  equilibrium output  reductions.
 C0ne-time  (non-recurring)  worker displacement cost.   The present  value of
 foregone future displacement is assumed to be zero.
                                       1-8

-------
  Capital availability constraints and profitability impacts are reported for
  firms in the commercial sector that are affected under each regulatory
  alternative.   Figure 1-2 shows the potential changes in ownership by size
  cutoff level under  the  regulatory alternatives  assuming a positive
  relationship between firm size and baseline  firm financial condition,  as  might
  be  expected  since smaller firms generally  have  significantly lower capacity
  utilization  than larger firms  (financial scenario  I).

        Potential changes  in  firm ownership  under  an alternative  assumption are
  demonstrated  in Figure  1-3.  These  projected impacts might  result  if the
  number of firms in below-average, average, and above-average baseline
  financial condition are proportionately distributed across  firms of all sizes
  (financial scenario II).

       The total annualized cost ranges from $53.5 million under the most
 stringent regulatory scenario to less than $10 million under the least
 stringent.   The estimated regulatory costs  result in short-run price and
 output adjustments that  are relatively small  (less than one percent deviation
 from baseline values in  most cases).  The estimated loss in consumer welfare
 ranges from $14.6 to $20.3 million with no  cutoff.   Producers lose  an
 estimated $20.2 to $33.3 million in  welfare with  no  cutoff,   in  addition,  more
 than 3,000 potential  changes in ownership are projected with no  size cutoff.
 However,  the size cutoffs  would mitigate the economic and financial impacts  of
 the  regulatory alternatives.  For  example,  with a cutoff  level corresponding
 to $100,000 annual receipts,  consumer and producer welfare impacts  under
Alternative II are $6.7 million  and  $4.8 million, respectively,  and projected
changes in ownership are between 0 and 669.
                                     1-9

-------
i
M
O
                     7,OOOT
                      6,000" "
                      5,000


          Potential

         Ownership    4,000
           Changes


                      3,000
2,000"
                      1,000
                                                        5,292
                                                          Regulatory Alternative I


                                                     I	I  Regulatory Alternative II


                                                     [~~|  Regulatory Alternative III
1,684
                                                                         1,896
                                                                          58
                                         No Cutoff                                    25

                                                 Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
                       Figure  1-2.   Potential Changes in Ownership by Size Cutoff, Financial Scenario I

-------
             •7,OOOT
             6,000 -'
             5,000
 Potential
Ownership
 Changes
                     No Cutoff
     Regulatory Alternative I

I—I   Regulatory Alternative II

     Regulatory Alternative III
                                         25               50              75

                                       Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
                      100
            Figure 1-3.   Potential  Changes  in  Ownership by  Size  Cutoff,  Fi
      Financial Scenario II

-------
                                     SECTION 2
                          SUPPLY OF DRY CLEANING  SERVICES

        The dry cleaning industry is a mature service industry involved in the
  cleaning, pressing,  and finishing of clothing and related products.  This
  section provides a profile of each sector of  the industry,  production history
  and trends,  an overview of the production process,  and the estimated costs of
  production.

  2.1   PROFILE OF SUPPLIERS BY INDUSTRY SECTOR
        The dry cleaning industry is composed of  three  sectors:
        •  commercial (SIC 7216),
        •  coin-operated (SIC 7215),  and
        •  industrial (SIC 7218) .

       Commercial facilities are the most prevalent of the three types and are
 generally located  in shopping centers and near densely populated areas.  Coin-
 operated plants are typically part of a laundromat and provide dry cleaning
 either on a self-service basis or by accepting items over the counter-similar
 to commercial facilities.  Industrial plants usually rent uniforms and other
 items to their customers and are generally larger than commercial and coin-
 operated facilities.

 2.1.1  Commercial Sector

       Commercial  dry  cleaning  facilities,  the  most familiar type of
 establishment,  provide services for households and include  independently
 operated  neighborhood shops, franchises, and specialty cleaners.   Commercial
 dry  cleaners provide  full service  dry  cleaning,  which  includes  spotting,
 pressing,  finishing,  and packaging.  in  addition,  many commercial  dry cleaners
 provide laundry'services for water-washable  garments,  rug cleaning  services,
 and minor  alteration  and repair  services.  On  average  approximately 85 percent
 of the receipts at  a  commercial dry cleaning establishment are  from dry
 cleaning activities.  The remaining 15 percent are from the auxiliary services
provided by the facility  (U.S.  Department of Commerce,  1991).
                                      2-1

-------
      Approximately 30,494 commercial dry cleaners operate in the U.S.  Over
80 percent or about 24,947 commercial dry cleaners use perchloroethylene  (PCE)
in their cleaning process.  Table 2-1 shows the distribution of PCE
establishments, the distribution of PCE machines, and the corresponding number
of machines per facility for 5 income categories  (based on annual receipts per
facility).  This estimated total number of dry cleaning facilities and the
distribution of facilities by income level is based on the number and
distribution of PCE dry cleaning machines by design capacity, the average
number of machines per facility in the commercial sector I approximately 1.25)
(Radian 1990c), and the distribution of facilities reported in the 1987 Census
of Service Industries, Subject Series (U.S. Department of Commerce, 1990b).
In addition, it is assumed that facilities below $100 thousand in annual
receipts have one machine per facility.

      Tables 2-2 and 2-3 show the 1991 distribution of annual receipts for all
commercial establishments and for establishments that use PCE, respectively.
Over three fourths of the total receipts to dry cleaning establishments were
earned by facilities with $100,000 or more in annual receipts.  These
facilities represent only about one third of the total number of commercial
dry cleaning establishments.  At the other end of the spectrum, small
facilities with below $25,000 in annual receipts account for more than 25
percent of the total number of facilities but only about 3 percent of total
receipts to commercial dry cleaners.

      Dry cleaning output for the sector totals 571,984 Mg per year with
446,492 Mg from facilities that use PCE.  Total output is computed by first
multiplying total annual receipts by the share of receipts from dry cleaning
activities (85%) to compute the receipts directly attributable to drycleaning.
This value is then divided by the estimated 1989 baseline price of $6.34 per
kilogram for dry cleaning services to compute total annual output measured in
kilograms of clothes cleaned.  Tables 2-4 and 2-5 report 1991 estimated total
output and average output per establishment by income category.
                                      2-2

-------
N)
10
     TABLE 2-1.  DISTRIBUTION OF PCE DRY CLEANING MACHINES AND FACILITY IN THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR
Annual Receipts
($000/yr)
0 -
25 -
50 -
75 -
over
25
50
75b
100b
100
Total
— — 	 	
Number of
Machine
6,822
4,270
2,632
2,632
15,076
31,432
                                                  PCE Machines Per
                                                    Establishment
                                                         I
                                                         1
                                                         1
                                                         1
                                                         1.75
is one for all non-PCE establishments
                                                                    Number of PCE
                                                                   Establishments
                                                                         6,822
                                                                         4,270
                                                                         2,632
                                                                         2,632
                                                                         8,591
Number of PCE and
     non-PCE
 Establishments3
       8,026
       5,024
       3,096
       3,096
      11,251
                                                                                      machin^ P« establishment
                                                                                                of  Cc™etce,

-------
TABLE  2-2.     1991  DISTRIBUTION OF  RECEIPTS FOR COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING
               ESTABLISHMENTS:   PCE  AND NON-PCE ESTABLISHMENTS  ($1989)
Annual-
Receipts Number of
($000/yr) Establishments3 Percent
0-25
25-50
50-75
75-100
>100
Total
8,
5,
.3,
3,
11,
30,
026
024
096
096
251
494
26
16
10
10
36
100
.32
.47
.15
.15
.90
.00
Total
Annual
Receipts13
($000/yr)
' 142,
203,
207,
290,
3,421,
4,266,
350
679
528
539
966
062
Average Annual
Receipts Per "
Establishment0
Percent ($/yr)
3
4
4
6
80
100
.34
.77
.86 '
.81
.21
.00
17,
40,
67,
93,
304,

736
545
021
829
135
-
aSee Table 2-1.
bAverage annual receipts multiplied by number of establishments.
cBased on data reported in the 1987 Census of Service Industries,  Subject
 Series  (U.S. Department of Commerce, 1990) for commercial dry cleaning
 establishments with payroll converted to $1989 using the CPI for Apparel and
 Upkeep.
TABLE 2-3.     1991 DISTRIBUTION OF RECEIPTS  FOR COMMERCIAL DRY  CLEANING
               ESTABLISHMENTS:  PCE ESTABLISHMENTS ONLY  ($1989)
Annual
Receipts Number of
($000/yr) Establishments3 Percent
0-25
25-50
50-75
75-100
>100
Total
6,
4,
2,
2,
8,
24,
822
270
632
632
591
947
27
17
10
10
34
100
.35
.12
.55
.55
.44
.00
Total
Annual
Receipts*5
($000/yr)
120,
173,
176,
246,
2,612,
3,330,
998
127
399
958
824
305
Average Annual
Receipts Per
Establishment0
Percent ($/yr)
3
5
5
7
78
100
.63
.20
.30
.42
.46
.00
17,
40,
67,
• 93,
304,

736
545
021
829
135
-'
aSee Table 2-1.
bAverage annual  receipts multiplied by number of establishments.
cBased on data reported in the 1987 Census of Service" Industries, Subject
 Series (U.S. Department of Commerce, 1990) for commercial dry cleaning
 establishments  with payroll converted to $1989 using the CPI for Apparel and
 Upkeep'.
                                      2-4

-------
  TABLE 2-4.
 1991 DISTRIBUTION OF DRY CLEANING OUTPUT IN THE COMMERCIAL
 SECTOR:  PCE AND NON-PCE ESTABLISHMENTS
Annual
Receipts Number of
($000/yr) Establishments3 Percent
0-25
25-50
50-75
75-100
>100
Total
8,
5,
3,
3,
11,
30,
026
024
096
096
251
494
26
16
10
10
36
100
.32
.47
.15
.15
.90
.00
ss^ss^ss
Total
Annual
Outputb
(Mg/yr)
19,
27,
27,
38,
458,
571,
^H^^MS— •"—
085
307
823
952
781
948
Average Annual
Output Per
Establishment15
Percent (kg/yr)
3
4
4
6
80
100
.34
.77
.86
.81
.21
.00
2,
5,
8,
12,
40,

378
436
985
580
775
-
 aSee Table 2-1.
 "Receipts from Table 2-2 multiplied by the share of receipts from dry cleaning
  activities (85%)  divided by the 1989 base price (S6.34 per kg).      cxeanin100
Total


Number of
Establishments3 Percent
6,822
4,270
2,632
2,632
8,591
24,947
ss^zffla^s-^=-^=— — — — --
27.35
17.12
10.55
10.55
34.44
100.00
Total
Annual
Outputb
(Mg/yr)
16,222
23,211
23,650
33,110
350,300
446,492
Average Annual
Output Per
Establishment5
Percent ,, , .
(kg/yr)
3.63
5.20
5.30
7.42
78.46
100.00
2,378
5,436
8,985
12,580
40,775

aSee Table 2-1.
"Receipts from Table 2-3 multiplied by the share of receipts from dry cleaning
 activities (85%)  divided by the 1989 base price  ($6.34 per kg).        e*nin9

      The commercial sector baseline price is derived using International
Fabricare Institute  (IFI) data on the average price to clean a  two-piece man's
suit weighing one kilogram (Faig, 1990).  Control cost estimates and other
financial data used in the economic impact analysis are measured in 1989
                                      2-5

-------
dollars.  However, the most recent base price estimate available for the
commercial sector is the average 1988 value  ($5.92).  The 1989 base price was
projected by first fitting a regression line to the natural logarithm of base
prices from 1973 to 1988 and a time trend.  The slope of the regression line
 (0.0707) is an estimate of the average growth rate of base prices over that
time period.

      The projected 1989 base price is then calculated as the sum of the 1988
price plus the growth amount:

                         P1989 * P1988 *  (1 + 0.0707)                     (2.1)
                            = $5.92 • (1 + 0.0707)
                                   =  $6.34

For the purposes of analysis,  all facilities are assumed to charge $6.34 per
kilogram of clothes cleaned in the baseline.  In following sections, price
changes due to the regulation are projected based on the price computed in
this section.

2.1.2  Coin-operated Sector
      Facilities in the coin-operated sector also supply dry cleaning services
to households and are usually part of a laundromat.   Water washing and drying
account for the majority of sales with dry cleaning offered as an auxiliary
service (Torp,  1990) .   Approximately 10 percent of total receipts at coin-
operated laundries that offer dry cleaning services are from dry cleaning
activities.

      Two types of dry cleaning services are available in this sector:  self-
service and employee assisted dry cleaning.   Self-service,  coin-operated dry
cleaning,  as the name suggests, requires the consumer to operate the dry
cleaning machine and does not include pressing, spotting, or other finishing
services.   Employee assisted dry cleaning (referred to as plant-operated in
the balance of this report)  is virtually indistinguishable from the service
provided by commercial dry cleaners except that the facility also offers coin-
operated laundry services.  Consumers use coin-operated dry cleaners because
                                      2-6

-------
  they desire  lower priced cleaning, have  large  items,  or  do  not  live  near
  commercial cleaners  (ICF,  1986),

       Census data  indicate that 27,180 coin-operated  laundries-including
  facilities with and-without payroll-were operating in the U.S. in 1987 (U.S.
 Department of Commerce,  1990a).  Approximately 3,044  coin-operated laundries'
 offer dry cleaning services.  About 2,831 establishments offer plant-operated
 dry-cleaning and another 213 establishments offer self-service dry cleaning
  (Radian,  1991c).   virtually all coin-operated laundries that offer dry
 cleaning services use PCE in the cleaning process.

       Table  2-6  shows the 1991 distribution of  coin-operated establishments
 with dry  cleaning operations.   The  income distribution is based  on the income
 distribution  of all coin-operated laundries  with  payroll  including those
 without dry cleaning  capacity  (U.S. Department  of Coheres,  1990b) .
 Establishments with over  $100,000 in annual  receipts account  for approximately
 14 percent of the  establishments and more than  half of the receipts at plants
 with dry cleaning  operations.  Establishments that collect less than  $25,000
 in annual receipts  account for about 17 percent of the plants and less than 4
percent of receipts at plants with dry cleaning operations.  Nearly one half
of all plants in this sector with dry cleaning operations are in the $25 to
$50 thousand receipts range.
                                    2-7

-------
TABLE  2-6.     1991  DISTRIBUTION  OF RECEIPTS  FOR COIN-OPERATED
               ESTABLISHMENTS WITH DRY  CLEANING CAPACITY  ($1989)
Annual
Receipts Number of
($000/yr> Establishments3 Percent
0-25
25-50
50-75
75-100
>100
Total
523
1,451"
475
169
426
3,044d
17.19
47.70
15.61
5.49
14.00
100.00
Total
Annual
Receipts15
($000/yr)
9,248
58,706
31,835
15,669
140,571
256,029
Average Annual
Receipts Per
Establishment0
Percent ($/yr)
3.61
22.93
12.43
6.12
54.90
100.00
17,683
40,459
67,021
93,829
329,978
-
aThe distribution of establishments is  based on the distribution of all coin-
 operated laundries with payroll (including those without dry cleaning
 capacity)  reported in the 1987 Census  of Service Industries (U.S.  Department
 of Commerce, 1991b).
bAverage annual receipts multiplied by  the number of establishments.
cBased on data reported'in the 1987 Census of Service Industries,  Subject
 Series (U.S. Department of Commerce,  1990) for coin-operated laundries with
 payroll converted to $1989 using the CPI for Apparel and Upkeep.
dRadian 1991a.
      Projected 1991 annual receipts to coin-operated laundries with dry
cleaning operations total $256 million.  However, only about. 10 percent or
$25.6 million in receipts are directly from dry cleaning activities in the
coin-operated sector.  Dry cleaning output for this sector totals 4,298 Mg per
year.  Output is computed based on an average price of $6.34 per kilogram of
clothes cleaned at plant-operated facilities and $1.65 per kilogram for self-
service facilities.  Table "2-7 shows the total dry cleaning output and the
average output per establishment by income category for the coin-operated
sector.
                                      2-8

-------
  TABLE 2-7.
1991 DISTRIBUTION OF DRY CLEANING OUTPUT IN THE COIN-OPERATED
SECTOR
Annual
Receipts Number of
($000/yr) Establishments3 Percent
0-25
25-50
50-75
75-100
>100
Total
523
1,451
475
169
426
3,044C
17.19
47.70
15.61
5.49
14.00
100.00
Total
Annual
Outputb
(Mg/yr)
179
1,138
616
317
2,217
4,468
Average Annual
Output Per
Establishment53
Percent (kg/yr)
4.01
25.47
13.79
7.10
49.62
100.00
343
784
1,297
1,878
5,205

 *The distribution of establishments is based on the distribution of all coin-
  operated laundries with payroll  (including those without dry cleanina

  Ca                      "8? ^^ °f ""ic              (U.S. Decent
 "Receipts from Table 2-6 multiplied by the share of receipts from dry cleanina
  act^ties (10%,  divided by the 1989 base price.  Base P?ice for coin-      *
  operated (self-service) is $1.65 per kg.  Base price for coin-operated
  (plant-operated  is $6.34 per kg.  See Table 2-13 for the share of plant-
  operated and self-service establishments in each receipts category.
  r\d.
       Price information is unavailable for the coin-operated sector.  Based on

 conversations with industry officials, plant-operated facilities probably

 charge the same price as commercial facilities or $6.34 per kilogram (Torp,

 1990).   A survey of two coin-operated facilities with self-service machine!

 indicated that  they both charge $6.00 to run one cycle in a 3.6 kilogram

 capacity machine.   Presumably,  these facilities  are  representative of the

 sector  and $6.00  is  the average price to use a 3.6 kilogram self-service coin-

 operated machine.   Thus,  the  average price to clean  one kilogram of clothing
 is calculated to be  $1.65.


2.1.3  Industrial Sector


      The industrial sector supplies  items such  as laundered  uniforms, wiping

towels,  floor mats, and work gloves to industrial or commercial  users.

industrial laundries provide services for a diverse group of  industrial  and
                                     2-9

-------
commercial users including auto service and repair shops, food processing
plants, manufacturing concerns, construction firms, hotels, restaurants,
security firms, banks, and real estate companies.  The commercial or
industrial user usually rents the items from the industrial launderer who
provides pick-up, laundry, and delivery services for the consumer on a regular
basis  (Coor and Grady, 1991).

      Service agreements between the industrial launderers and their customers
to provide clean uniforms generally specify the number of changes per employee
and a schedule for delivery of the rented items.  For example, the typical
agreement for uniform rental specifies that the industrial launderer provide
11 changes of clothing per employee per week including 5 clean suits left with
the customer, 5 dirty suits taken back to the laundry, and 1 transition suit
(the garment worn by the employee of the customer firm at the time of
delivery).  Items are generally delivered and collected at the same time each
week (Coor and Grady, 1991).

      According to Census data 1,379 industrial laundry facilities with
payroll were operating in 1987.  Over 90 percent of these establishments
receive annual receipts over $100 thousand (U.S. Department of Commerce,
1990b).  For this analysis, it is assumed that all industrial launderers with
dry cleaning capacity have annual receipts of over $100 thousand.
Approximately 325 industrial launderers have dry cleaning capacity.  Of these
about 40 percent (or 130)  use PCE and 60 percent (or 195) use petroleum
(Sluizer, 1990) .

      Annual receipts for industrial facilities with dry cleaning capacity
total approximately $977 million.  On average, about 35 percent of the
receipts at facilities with dry cleaning capacity are from dry cleaning
activities with the balance from water washing or other activities.  Using an
average price of $2.00 per kilogram of clothes cleaned, the estimated total
dry cleaning output from commercial facilities is 170,901 Mg per year.

      Price data are unavailable for the industrial sector.  Therefore, a
small survey was conducted to determine the average price charged to provide
one clean uniform weighing approximately one kilogram.  Prices ranged from
$1.75 to $2.25 per change.  A representative from an industry trade
                                     2-10

-------
   association  confirmed  that  these prices  are  representative  of the prices
   charged in the  industry  (Sluizer,  1990).  The midpoint of the range  ($2.00)  is
   assumed to be the average base price for the industry.

   2.2   PRODUCTION HISTORY AND TRENDS
        Although dry cleaning technology has existed for many years,  the
  industry did not experience widespread expansion until the 1960's.   A deep
  recession in the early 1970's eliminated part of the industry,  but  the late
  1970's and early 1980's saw a resurgence of dry cleaners (Fischer,  1987).

        During the 1950's,  petroleum was  the principle solvent in  dry cleaning
  plants.   The 1960's  brought  a shift toward chlorinated solvents  (e.g.,  PCE,  F-
  113)  that  has continued to the  present.   The  main reason  for the shift  was the
  widespread implementation of fire codes  during' this  period.   In  addition,  an
  existing new  source  performance standard (NSPS)  for  petroleum-based dry
  cleaning restricts'the  use of this  solvent in new facilities.  Because  none  of
  the chlorinated  solvents  exhibit the flammable properties of petroleum, the
  large number  of plants  built in shopping malls and suburban areas since the
  1960's has been based on  chlorinated-solvent technology  (ICF, 1986).

       Currently, a vast majority of all dry cleaners use PCE.  However,  demand
 for PCE by the dry cleaning industry has been declining and is expected to
 continue to decrease slowly due to greater recycling and lower solvent
 emissions  from equipment  (ChBm.inftl  MnrTrftflnff P-ror1-»r,  1986) .  The economic
 incentive  for self-imposed emission  reductions and solvent recycling has
 persuaded  several plants to  install  control devices and/or switch to more
 efficient machines  voluntarily.

       No direct measurement of the quantity of clothes  dry cleaned per year is
 available for  the dry cleaning industry."   However,  an estimate of aggregate
 output can  be  derived through the quotient  of total receipts  for  dry cleaning
 activities  and an average  price per  kilogram of clothes cleaned.   Historical
 information on average bise prices and total receipts is available only  for
the commercial sector; statistics compiled for the industrial and coin-
operated sectors do not distinguish between those facilities that dry clean
and those that launder with water.   The base price in the commercial sector is
                                     2-11

-------
the price charged to clean a standard two-piece men's suit weighing one
kilogram.  As seen in Table 2-8, the average base price and total annual
receipts measured in 1989 dollars increased by over 50 percent from 1974 to
1988.  Total output for the sector measured in kilograms of dry cleaned
clothing declined from the mid 1970's to the early 1980's.  From 1981 to 1988,
dry cleaning output increased by approximately one third.

      Table 2-9 presents annual growth rates for each sector of the dry
cleaning industry.  These estimates are based on machinery sales and are
therefore broken down by machine type as well as sector.  Other factors
considered include machine life, current and historical sales data, and
replacement rate of the machinery.  Predictions indicate that the commercial
sector will be the only sector to experience positive growth, at just over 2
percent per year.  Both the industrial and coin-operated sectors are estimated
to show negative annual growth rates of approximately 5 percent and 7 percent,
respectively.  These growth rates do not predict overall growth in output for
the coin-operated and industrial sectors, because dry cleaning activities
account for only a small portion of total output in these sectors.

      Several factors have contributed to the trend away from coin-operated
dry cleaning.  Because of environmental regulations,  consumers are
increasingly aware of the hazards of operating coin-operated machinery and
handling the cleaning solvents.  The decline is also due in part to more
expensive dry cleaning equipment, questionable returns on dry cleaning
activities in this sector, and the necessity of hiring an attendant.  These
factors combine to make coin-operated dry cleaning operations unprofitable
(Torp, 1990) .
                                     2-12

-------
   TABLE 2-8.
                ANNUAL RECEIPTS,  AVERAGE  BASE PRICE, AND TOTAL OUTPUT FOR
                COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANERS  ($1989)a


Year
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
Total
Annual Receipts
($106/yr)a
2,692
2,630
2,623
2,675
2,825
2,878
2,975
2,941
3,517
3,638
3,694
3,764
4,390
4,287
4,265
======
Average
Base Price
<$/kg)a
4.02
4.42
4.46
4.36
4.87
4.90
5.32
5.63
5.72
5.87
5.98
6.13
6.14
6.05
6.08
 Includes receipts for facilities with payroll only.
                                                             Total Dry
                                                          Cleaning Output
                                                            (106 kg/yr)b
                                                               •••M^MV
                                                                570
                                                                506
                                                                499
                                                                521
                                                                493
                                                                499
                                                                475
                                                                444
                                                                522
                                                                527
                                                                525
                                                                522
                                                                608
                                                                603
                                                               596
                                                     All dollar  figures
                                                     Index  for Apparel and
  BS)
 (85%)

Source:   Faig, 1990.
               h                 of ^ceipts from dry cleaning activities
               by average base price per kg.
 TABLE 2-9.
              ANNUAL GROWTH RATES BY MACHINE TYPE AND SECTOR (1986-1989)
    Sector
  Commercial

  Coin-
  Operated

  Industrial
Dry-to-dry

     9%

    -7%
                                            Transfer
                                                                Total
-7%

N/A_
                                                                  2%

                                                                 -7%
Note: Growth rates are estimates based on Section 114 information.   Considered
 at, 5esan;sirates WT mrhine iife'current saies  data'  **pi«*™™
 and 5-  and  10-year sales data.  Total annual growth  rate  is weighted
 according to the machine populations in each sector.        "eignted
Source:   Radian,1991a.
                                    2-13

-------
      The negative growth rate in industrial dry cleaning reflects increased
costs of dry cleaning due to state regulations as well as the advent of
polyester/cotton and polyester/wool blends that made water washable fabrics
feasible even for dress clothes.  In the 1980's, industrial cleaning plants
have moved away from dry cleaning their output and toward laundering with new
detergent formulations.  Between 1980 and 1985, the number of industrial
facilities that dry cleaned clothing dropped by approximately 50 percent (ICF,
1986).   Virtually all the garments currently processed by industrial
launderers are water washable.  However, some industrial launderers continue
to dry clean at least a portion of their water washable garments because dry
cleaning increases the life of the garment and enhances the garment's
appearance (Coor and Grady, 1991).  An estimated 92 percent of the garments
cleaned by industrial facilities are laundered in water and detergent,  and
this percentage is expected to continue to increase (Sluizer, 1990) .

2.3   PRODUCTION PROCESSES
      Dry cleaning services generally include cleaning, pressing, and
finishing articles of clothing and other related products.   In all three
sectors, the dry cleaning process is almost identical to laundering in water
except  that a solvent, such as PCE,  is used in place of water and detergent.
The coin-operated sector is the only one that does not regularly provide
pressing and finishing services.  The processes, machinery,, and controls in
each sector of the dry cleaning industry are detailed in this section.

2.3.1   Machine  Types
      Two types of machines are commonly used in the dry cleaning industry:
dry-to-dry and transfer.  Dry-to-dry machines combine washing and drying in
one machine and, therefore, do not have a separate machine for drying.
Transfer machines, like the traditional laundry machines for water washing,
consist of separate machines for washing and drying.

         Most dry cleaning plants have one or more attachments to their dry
    cleaning machine.  These include solvent filters, distillers, and vent
    controls.  Figure  2-1  shows  the  typical configuration of  a dry cleaning
                                     2-14

-------
                                              Solvent in JU:
                                       Condensed Solvent
 Figure 2-1.
 Source:  Safety-Kleen, 1986.
                                    of  .  Dry cleaning Machine and the Various
 machine and the various attachments.  Solvent  filters  remove impurities  from
 the solvent and return the "clean" solvent to  the solvent tank.  Stills  remove
 any impurities left in the solvent after it is filtered as well as water and
 detergent mixed with the solvent in the washing process through a distillation
 process.   Virtually all dry cleaning facilities have solvent filtration
 systems and about 80 percent use stills.  These devices extend the life  of the
 solvent and reduce the amount of solvent that must be purchased (Safety-Kleen
 1986) .

      Approximately 60 percent  of all  PCE dry cleaning machines have vent
control devices  (Radian, 1991c) .   Vent controls are  attached to the dryer and
remove vaporized solvent from the dryer  emissions.   Vent  control devices are
available in two basic types:   carbon  adsorbers (CA's)  and refrigerated
condensors  (RC's) .  with the  use  of a  CAf PCE emissions are  trapped in a
carbon filter.  The filter then undergoes a condensation process that
                                     2-15

-------
eliminates the hazardous emissions.  A typical CA lasts about 15 years and
reduces emissions by about 95 percent when operated properly.  The second type
of control device, the RC, uses a refrigerated coil to cool PCE vapors.  This
cooling process results in condensation of PCE emissions.  The average life of
a RC is about 7 years.  The emission reduction achieved by RC's differs
depending on the type of dry cleaning machine used.  Refrigerated condensers
reduce vent emissions by 85 percent on transfer machines and by about 95
percent on dry-to-dry machines.

      Over 90 percent of new dry-to-dry machines built for the commercial and
industrial sectors have built-in RC's (Federal Register. 1989).  Add-on
control devices may be purchased and attached to machines that are not
equipped with vent controls from the manufacturer.  A facility's selection of
control devices is constrained by the capacity of its dry cleaning machine.
Add-on RC's are not available for the very small machines built for the coin-
operated sector or for the large machines built for the industrial sector.
Both types of add-on devices are available to retrofit virtually all machines
built for the commercial sector.

      Owners and operators of dry cleaning facilities purchase add-on vent
controls and attach them to their dryer for a variety of reasons.  Some states
require dry cleaners to control their emissions using a vent control device.
Environmentally conscious owners may install vent controls even in the absence
of state regulations.  Depending on the price paid for solvent and the amount
of solvent saved, some owners may realize a cost savings from reduced solvent
consumption with a vent control.

2.3.2   Solvents
      Four solvents are currently in use in the dry cleaning industry:  PCE,
fluorocarbon 113  (F-113), petroleum, and 1,1,1-trichloroethane  (1,1,1-TCA).
Of these four, PCE is usually considered the most efficient cleaner.  Five
main factors determine the suitability of a solvent for dry cleaning, each
with a range of acceptable values, as opposed to an absolute standard  (Busier,
1980) :
                                     2-16

-------
                                        *"  Unpleasant  odor in garments  after

                   stability  is  important  to prevent  damage  to  the metals  used
          in dry cleaning machinery.                                       «ocu

          A certain level -of  volatility is desirable  to permit  rapid drying and
          economical reclamation through distillation.               arying and.
          The solvent should be compatible with common detergents used in the
  The importance of PCE to the dry cleaning process depends on the ease with
  which it can be replaced by another comparable solvent.   The potential for
  solvent substitution should be evaluated against the criteria established for
  the factors  listed above.

        F-113,  petroleum,  and 1,1,1-TCA can all  theoretically be substituted for
  PCE in the dry  cleaning  process.   However, none  of  these  solvents  will  perform
  with the same degree  of  efficiency as  PCE.  Thus, an  owner  of a  dry  cleaning
  plant  will need to ponder various  considerations associated with solvent
  substitution.  These  factors include solvent prices,  cleaning properties,
  capital costs, and operating costs.  An additional factor in  the substitution
 decision is the ease with which machinery designated  for use  with one solvent
 can be converted to accept other solvents.

       Although all three alternative solvents are used in some dry cleaning
 plants, none  are currently considered feasible for widespread" substitution for
 PCE.  F-113 most closely matches the cleaning abilities of PCE but  is
 unsuitable for certain garments and stains.  In addition,  the possibility of
 regulations concerning ozone depletion may limit  any immediate substitution.
 Finally,  the  unit  price of F-113 is considerably  higher than the unit price of
 PCE.  Fire codes will  probably  prevent  any substantial shift to petroleum,  the
 second  solvent.  The  remaining  solvent, 1,1,1-TCA, has yet to attract much
 interest in this country.  Its  cleaning abilities are  questionable  because  of
high solvent aggressiveness and instability.  In addition, usage  costs are
approximately ten times higher  than for PCE (Fisher, 1990a)  even  though
trichloroethane users can achieve energy savings of 5  to 10  percent (Fisher,
1987) .
                                     2-17

-------
      Technically, one other substitute for PCE is available.  Industrial dry
cleaners can switch to laundering garments with water and detergent for most
items.  The commercial and coin-operated sectors do not have this flexibility
because the customer owns the item to be cleaned and, therefore, specifies the
cleaning method.
      Approximately 28,000 of the 34,000 dry cleaning plants in the United
States use PCE as a cleaning solvent (see'Table 2-1). . Most of the remaining
plants use a petroleum-based solvent, and a small percentage use either F-113
or 1,1,1-TCA.  Approximately 85 percent of total dry cleaning output from
commercial facilities is processed using PCE.  Virtually all coin-operated
facilities with dry cleaning capacity use PCE. Solvent use in the industrial
sector is divided between PCE (40 percent)  and petroleum (60 percent)
(Sluizer, 1990).

      Figure 2-2 shows the percentage of total PCE consumed by each sector.
The commercial sector accounts for approximately 94.3 percent of total PCE
consumption by the dry cleaning industry.  The industrial sector and the coin-
operated sector account for 4.6 percent and 1.1 percent of consumption,
respectively.
  Coin-Operated Sector
         (1.1%)
      Industrial Sector
           (4.6%)
Commercial Sector
     (94.3%)'
Figure 2-2. PCE Consumption by Sector for 1991
            Source:  Radian, 1990b.
                                     2-18

-------
 2.3.3   Product j on
      The flow of production is basically identical in coin-operated  (plant-

operated) and commercial facilities.  The production process begins when the

dry cleaning plant receives the soiled garment from the consumer.  After a

garment enters the plant, a minimum of 10 steps of production are required to

produce a clean garment ready for delivery.   These steps of production are
described below:

      •  lagging— Tagging typically involves attaching a tag to the garment
        with a unique identification number for each customer.  A record is
        made of the customer's name, the corresponding tag number,  any'
        special instructions,  and the promised delivery date.

      •  Initial  Classifying— Garments are separated into three basic
        categories at this  stage of production:   garments that require dry
        cleaning  but  no pre-spotting,  garments that require laundering but no
       ,pre-spotting,  and garments that  require  pre-spotting.

      •  Applying  Spotting Cheminn In— Garments  stained  with ink,  paint,  food
        h^othe^SUbStan?eS  are  treated  with solvents  and other  compounds   '
        before they are  laundered  or dry cleaned.

      •  Further Classifying— Garments  are further  classified by  the  type of
        fabric and the color of  fabric.   This  step is  required because
       garments  with different  fabric types and colors require  different
       treatment and can be damaged if  they are processed  with  garments of
       dissimilar fabric type or  color.

      • Waahing— In dry cleaning operations,  garments are washed in a solvent
       mixture comprised of solvent, water,  and detergent.  The correct
       f!±!in"10n °f solvent' water' and detergent and the correct washing
       temperature are vital to the successful removal of soil without
       damaging the garment.  The washing step ends with extraction of the
       excess solvent mixture.

     • Drying-After  garments  are washed and the excess moisture removed,
       they are dried using heated air.   Garments may be transferred to a
       separate machine for drying (transfer machines)  or dried in the same
      Se  m^h-^;"0^  machines> used to »"» the  garments depending on
      the  machine technology  employed by the  facility.
                flnd  Finishing— Clean,  dry garments  are  pressed and finished
       Finishing includes  replacing damaged or missing  buttons,  special

                                                                       that
      Hanoina—Gannents are placed on hangers in this step of  the
      production process.
                                   2-19

-------
      • Assembling—After they are placed on hangers, garments are sorted and
        assembled by consumer identification number on the tag attached to
        the garment and by promised delivery date.
      • Packaging-—Assembled garments are packaged for delivery.  Packaging
        typically involves placing a plastic bag over the garments.

      Garments are inspected periodically throughout the process described
above to determine the success in removing soil and the acceptability of the
pressing and finishing steps.  Additional steps may be required for heavily
soiled garments,  oversized items, or delicate garments that require special
handling.  The production process ends with delivery of the* cleaned,  pressed,
packaged garments to the consumer.

      Production of clean clothes at coin-operated (self-service)  facilities
involves the consumer as an active participant.  The facility provides the
equipment used in the washing and drying process and the individual provides
the labor inputs required for the spotting, pressing, and finishing of the
garment.  The process of producing clean clothes is similar to that described
above for commercial and coin-operated (plant-operated)  facilities excluding
the tagging, assembling, and packaging steps.

      Unlike customers in the commercial or coin-operated sector,  customers of
industrial cleaners do not deliver the soiled items to the cleaning facility.
Rather, the industrial cleaner collects the soiled items from the commercial
or industrial user on a regular basis at no additional charge to the user.

      The production process begins when the soiled garment enters the
industrial plant.  The steps of production are similar to those described
above for commercial and coin-operated (plant-operated)  facilities.  A few
differences do exist, however.  Garments cleaned by industrial facilities
generally contain a permanent identification number that identifies not only
the company purchasing the dry cleaning service but also the individual that
actually wears the garment, the route number, and the day of the week
scheduled for delivery of the cleaned items.  The process generally requires
less classifying beyond the initial classifying because garments are more
homogeneous with regard to fabric type and color.  In addition, the process is
generally more mechanized and larger in scope than the process at a typical
commercial or coin-operated  (plant-operated) facility.  The production process
                                     2-20

-------
  ends with the delivery of the cleaned item to the customer on the promised
  delivery date.

  2.4   -COSTS OF  PRODUCTION
        Costs of  production in the dry cleaning industry can be classified as
  either fixed or variable costs.   Fixed costs are incurred regardless of the
  level of production.   Two types  of fixed costs exist:   those that occur only
  once at the start-up  of a business and those that regularly recur.   Variable
  costs depend on the level of production at  a plant  and fall to  zero  if  the
  plant ceases operations entirely.   These three categories of  costs are
  described below:
        (1)  Fixed start-up costs:   the costs associated with the decision to
            open  a dry cleaning plant,
        (2)  Fixed recurring costs:  the costs associated with the decision to
            operate the dry cleaning plant, and
        (3)  variable costs:  the costs associated with the decision to operate
            the dry cleaning plant at a given level of output.

 The first category of costs includes most, if not all, capital costs  as well
 as long-term materials contracts  and capacity investments.  Table 2-10 shows
 the capital costs of new dry-to-dry machines.  In addition, some
 administrative fees and initial building overhead costs,  such as remodeling or
 down payment, are included in this category of costs.  These expenses are the
 fixed costs  that are incurred regardless of  the level of production or whether
 the firm operates at all.   Total  estimated start-up  costs typically range from
 $95 to $120  thousand (Faig,  1991).

       Table  2-11  displays  information on  the  second  and third  categories  of
 costs  for  commercial dry cleaning facilities  by output  level.  On  average,
 total  wages and  salaries account  for the  largest portion  of dry cleaning  costs
 followed by rent/building  overhead expenses or  total  supply cost.  The
majority of costs incurred by a dry  cleaning plant are  variable such as
solvent, labor, and energy costs.   Table 2-12 provides  unit price  information
for the major inputs that  contribute to the variable costs  of operating a dry
cleaning facility.
                                     2-21

-------
        TABLE 2-10.   CAPITAL COSTS  OF  NEW DRY-TO-DRY MACHINES  ($1989)
Machine Capacity (kg/load)
11.3
13.6
15,9
20,4
22.7
27.2
45.4
63.5
113.4
Capital Cost ($)
26,046
27,820
29,594
42,171
44,040
47,040
65,255
104,000
157,000
Source:  Radian, 1990a.

      Dry cleaning plants have relatively small capital equipment costs,
although these vary between the sectors.  In addition, the buildings used by
many plants are rented or easily transferable to other uses.  As a result, the
relatively high variable cost to fixed cost ratio at most dry cleaning
facilities promotes a dynamic industry structure in which the less efficient
plants quickly terminate operations if losses become excessive.
      The decision to open a new plant must be evaluated based on the costs
included in all three categories above.,  However, for existing facilities,
costs in category 1 are sunk and do not. affect the owner's decision to
continue operating.  Production cost for existing and new facilities are
discussed below.
                                     2-22

-------
  TABLE 2-11.
AVERAGE ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS FOR COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING
PLANTS
                                              Annual Output  (kg/yr)a
Cost Category
Fixed Recurring Costs
Wages and Salaries1"
Rent or Building Overhead
Depreciation
Interest and Bank Charges
Insurance
2,378

3,542
1,316
1,272
779
576
5,436

8,078
3,002
2,901
1,776
1,315
8,985

13,383
4,973
4,805
2,942
2,178
12,580

18,736
6,962
6,728
4,119
3,049
40,775

81,727
20,955
11,922
3,163
7,786
 Variable Costs
   Wages and Salaries
   Total Supply Cost
   Outside Work
   Payroll taxes
   Advertising
   Utility-Fuel
   Repairs and Maintenance
   Utility-Electricity
   Office Expense
   Administrative Expense
   Utility-Water and Sewage
   Claims
  Miscellaneous
Total Costs
3,024
1,541
1,437
541
435
360
312
268
259
241
117
92
908
6,898
3,515
3,277
1,234
991
821
712
611
591
550
267
210'
2,071
11,428
5,824
5,429
2,044
1,642
1,361
1,180
1,012
979
911
442
340
3,431
16,000
8,154
7,600
2,862
2,299
1,905
1,651
1,417
1,370
1,276
619
488
4,804
58,722
23,175
15,876
12,470
10,949
6,661
6,813
8,394
3,498
4,015
3,224
1,247
10,707
"lible 2-2thS 3Verage annual receiPts for five income categories reported in
blncludes owner's wages.
Source:  International Fabricare Institute, 1989; Fisher, 1990b.
                                     2-23

-------
TABLE 2-12.  AVERAGE INPUT PRICES FOR PCE DRY CLEANING FACILITIES ($1989)
            Input                                  Price

            Material
            Perchloroethylene	$0 . 683/kg
            Energy
            Electricity	$0 . 0710/kWh
            Steam	$6.13/1000 Ib
            Labor
            Operating labor	$5 . 94/hr
            Maintenance labor 	$6 . 53/hr

Source:   Radian,1990d.
2.4.1  Costs of Production for Existing Facilities
      The short-run supply curve of an existing dry cleaning facility is the
portion of its marginal cost curve that lies above the minimum point of its
average variable cost curve.  In other words,  facilities will continue to
supply dry cleaning services in the short run as long as they can cover their
variable costs of production.  The market supply curve is the horizontal
aggregation of the supply curves for all facilities in the market.  This
aggregation is characterized in the step supply function (see Figure 2-3)
where the producer with the highest marginal cost in the market sets the
market price of dry cleaning services.

      Lower cost producers are able to cover some or all of their fixed costs
because the market price is above their average variable cost.   Differences in
the production costs across producers are attributed to differences in
management practices as well as differences in the productivity of capital
equipment.  Assuming that the producti%^ity of dry cleaning equipment has been
increasing over time, owners of new equipment would tend to have lower
marginal costs than owners of older equipment, ceterus paribus.
                                     2-24

-------
         ($/kg>
        Market
         Price
                                                           Market
                                                          Quantity
(kg/yr>
             Figure 2-3.  Market Supply Curve for Existing Facilities


       An increase in the price of a variable input changes the facility's
 average variable cost and its marginal cost.  Changes in the marginal cost of
 producing dry cleaning services would cause a shift in the supply of dry
 cleaning services resulting in price and output adjustments at least in the
 short  run.

 2-4.2   Costs of  Product, on for Mew Faci Hr-if.fi
       An entrepreneur contemplating construction of a  new dry cleaning
 facility won't invest unless  he/she anticipates covering total costs.   By
 definition,  total  cost for a  new  facility  includes  fixed start-up  costs
 including a  normal return,  fixed  recurring costs, and  variable costs.   If the
 average total cost of opening a new  dry cleaning plant is  above the market
price,  no new entry will occur.   Conversely,  if  the average total  cost is
below the market price, new entry will occur  (see Figure 2-4).  Therefore, any
                                     2-25

-------
               ($/kg)
               New
             Facility
              Costs
Market
Price
ATC
         AVC
                                                               Market  (kg/yr)
                                                              Quantity
Figure 2-4. New Facility Costs Compared to Market Supply Curve for
            Existing Facilities

increase in the marginal costs of existing producers not affecting new
suppliers would have the effect of encouraging new entry into the market.  The
entry of a new facility into .the market displaces the marginal existing
supplier.  As the marginal suppliers are displaced in the market, price falls.
This process continues until price equals the average total cost of building a
new facility.  Long-run price and output equilibrium? therefore, depends on
the average total cost of building a new facility.  Once a new facility is
constructed, the fixed costs become sunk costs and only the variable costs are
relevant to the decision to continue operating the facility.  The facility
continues to supply dry cleaning services as long as price exceeds average
variable cost.
                                     2-26

-------
 2.5   MODEL FACILITY PROFILE
       The abundance of dry cleaning establishments precludes an approach that
 investigates the impacts of candidate regulatory alternatives on a facility-
 specific level.  Ignoring the resource costs of collecting data for such a
 large sample, computational time alone diminishes the feasibility of a
 facility-specific approach.  Consequently, a model plant approach is used in
 which fifteen model plants represent the characteristics of average PCE
 facilities in each sector.   Table 2-13 presents operating parameters of the
 model plants by industry sector,  machine size,  and process.   In addition,  the
 distribution of PCE facilities represented by each model plant  is  reported for
 five output  levels.  These  output levels correspond to ranges of annual
 receipts shown in Table 2-13.

       The model plants  were chosen  to  represent the variability in  machine
 size  and technology that  is present among existing  facilities in the  industry.
 The  coin-operated sector  has basically only one machine  size  and design.
 However,  two model  facilities  in  this  sector are differentiated by  the  base
 price  charged  for dry cleaning services  and the type of  service  supplied
 (self-service or  coin-operated).  Ten model plants  for the commercial sector
 and three model plants were selected for  the  industrial  sector.  Most of the
 contemporary dry  cleaning facilities are  purchasing dr'y-to-dry machines to
 save on. solvent costs, to comply with a recently promulgated worker exposure
 regulation, and to reduce the.environmental impact of PCE emissions.
Nevertheless, some facilities continue to operate with transfer machines,  and
that portion of the industry is represented through appropriate model plants.
                                    2-27

-------
     TABLE  2-13.  MODEL PLANT  DESCRIPTION  AND  THE DISTRIBUTION OF PCE FACILITIES BY INDUSTRY SECTOR AND INCOME LEVEL
N3
CO
Total Number
Facilities Number Facilities in Each Model Plant Category
Industry Machine Operating Per Model by Income Level ($000/yr)
Sector and Model Machine Capacity Days Per Plant
Plant Number Type (kg/load) Year Category
Coin-Operated
1 (self-service) dry-to-
dry
2 (plant- dry-to-
operated) dry
Total
Commercial
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Total

dry-to-
dry
dry-to-
dry
dry-to-
dry
transfer
dry-to-
dry
dry-to-
dry
transfer
dry-to-
dry
dry-to-
dry
transfer

3.
3.

11.
13.
15.
15.
20.
22.
22.
27.
45.
45.

6
6

3
6
9
9
4
7
1
2
4
4

312.
250

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

213
2,831
3,044

2,639
1,766
9,761
7,665
2,753
2,317
1,918
91
1,605
726
24,947
0-25
42
481
523

1,355
901
1,838
2,748
0
0
0
0
0
0
6,822
25-50
117
1,334
1,451

527
440
1,336
1,403
353
183
28
0
0
0
4,270
50-75
38
437
475

430
274
888
628
296
91
25
0
0
0
2,632
75-100
16
153
169

155
0
532
603
645
284
219
57
137
0
2,632
>100a
0
426
426

128
76
2,584
1,142
730
880
823
34
1,468
726
8,591
                                                                                                              CONTINUED

-------
     TABLE 2-U.
ro
(CoSTlS DESCRIPTI°N AN° THE "STRIB07.IOH OF PCE FACILITIES  BY INDUSTRY SECTOR

                                   ==================
                                   Total Number
                                                                                                       Mo
     Source:  Radian  1991c;  Radian 1990c.
                                                                                                                   LEVEL

-------
                                     SECTION 3
                         DEMAND FOR DRY CLEANING SERVICES

        Two types of demand exist for dry cleaning services:  household demand
  and industrial demand.  Household demand is characterized by individual
  consumers purchasing dry cleaning services provided by commercial and coin-
  operated facilities.  Industrial demand is characterized by firms purchasing
  dry cleaning, services to clean employee uniforms in production and service
  establishments.   Typically,  employers rent these uniforms from an industrial
  cleaner who provides regular cleaning and delivery services.   The subsequent
  sections discuss household demand and industrial demand in detail.

  3.1   HOUSEHOLD  DEMAND

        As consuming units,  households  demand clean,  pressed clothes.   Because
  some garments  retire  dry  cleaning for proper  care, households  rely  on dry
  cleaning services provided by others  to procure clean, pressed  clothes.  Two
  types  of dry cleaning  services—commercial  and coin-operated—are available to
  households.  Commercial facilities and coin-operated  (plant-operated) provide
  a complete service:  garments are cleaned,  pressed, and packaged for the
  consumer.  At self-service coin-operated facilities, consumers pay for using
  dry cleaning machines, but they must clean  and press their own clothes.
 Despite some similarities in the influences of demand for these services,
 these two sectors have experienced different growth patterns.

       The subsections below discuss different facets of household demand.   The
 first  two subsections explore consumption  patterns and characteristics of  the
 consumers of dry  cleaning services.   The next subsection  discusses the theory
 of household production in  the context of  dry cleaned  clothing.   How  consumers
 value their  time  and  their  choice between  coin-operated and commercial
 facilities is presented in  the fourth  subsection.  The  final subsection
 briefly examines  consumer sensitivity  to changes in  the price of dry  cleaning
services.
3.1.1  Consumption anri
      Household consumption of commercial dry cleaning services can be
measured in terms of the total weight of clothes dry cleaned or in terms of
                                      3-1

-------
total expenditures on dry cleaning services.  Figure 3-1 shows that overall
consumption, measured by the total weight of clothing deemed, increased by
more than 25 percent from 1980 to 1988.  However,  on a per-household basis,
demand for dry cleaning services increased only 11 percent during this period.
Consumption per household reached its peak in 1986, when the average household
consumed almost 7 kilograms per year.  This pattern is depicted in Figure 3-2.

      Table 3-1 shows household consumption in terms of expenditures.   These
data are calculated from the Consumer Expenditure Surveys (U.S. Department of
Labor, 1991a).   The survey compiles average annual household expenditures for
a broad category called "Other Apparel Products and Services."1  This  category
encompasses a wide range of goods and services, including material for making
clothes, shoe repair, clothing alterations and repairs, sewing supplies,
clothing rental, clothing storage,  coin-operated laundry and dry cleaning,
commercial laundry and dry cleaning,  watches and jewelry, and watch and
jewelry repair.

      Expenditures on commercial laundry and dry cleaning services were
estimated in the following manner.   Detailed information on the relative
weight of each category item (listed above) used to compile the Consumer Price
Index was available for the period 1982-1984 (Hanson and Butler,  1987).  Based
on those relative weights, expenditures on laundry and dry cleaning services
(excluding coin-operated) made up about 25 percent of the category for those
years.  The expenditures for each category item listed above were available
for 1989.  Approximately 24 percent of the category expenditures were spent on
laundry and dry cleaning  (excluding coin-operated).  The expenditures reported
in Table 3-1 represent 25 percent of the "Other Apparel Products and Services"
category.2  Because the portion of  the category attributed to laundry and dry
      1The expenditures on apparel items come from the interview portion of
the Survey.  Because the reported expenditures are based on the consumer's
memory, these data may not accurately reflect receipts at commercial dry
cleaning establishments.
      2For the years 1980-1983, only data on urban consumers were available.
The expenditures estimated in Table 9-15 were adjusted to reflect all consumers
in the following manner.  In 1989, urban consumers spent three times what rural
consumers did on commercial dry cleaning services; that relationship was
assumed to hold for the years 1980-1983.  In addition, rural households were
assumed to comprise 16 percent of all households, which is approximately the
portion that they comprised for the years 1984-1986.  The reported estimates
are a weighted average of urban consumer spending and rural consumer spending.

                                      3-2

-------
             700  T-
            600
            500 --
  Millions  400
    of
 Kilograms
    per
   Year     300
            200
           100
                                            I gSggffKWSf I
                 1980    1981   1982   1983    1984    1985    1986    1987    1988

Figure 3-1.  Total Annual Household Consumption of Commercial Dry  Cleaning
             Services (1980-1988)

Source:  Table 2-8
                                     3-3

-------
           6 --
 Millions  4
   of
Kilograms
   per
  Year     3
                1980    1981
1982
1983   1984   1985   1986    1987    1989
Figure 3-2   Annual  Consumption of Commercial  Dry Cleaning Services per

             Household (1980-1988)

aComputed by dividing total dry cleaning output (Table 2-8) by the total
 number  of households in the U.S.  reported in  Statistical Abstract of the
 United  States  (U.S.  Department of Commerce, 1991d);  U.S. Department of
 Commerce,  1991.
                                      3-4

-------
  TABLE 3-1.  HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES ON COMMERCIAL  LAUNDRY AND DRY CLEANING
              SERVICES 1980-1989  ($1989)                           <-wwiwiw,
                 Average
            Annual Household
              Expenditures      Increase
   Year    ($/Household/year)&      (%)
Expenditures  Total Annual
 as a Share     Household
 of  Income    Expenditures   Increase
                ($106/yr)c
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986'
1987
1988
1989
^••••-•••IwMHSS^SSSSS
62.18
57.58
55.96
58.95
62.95
67.70
66.75
68.49
67.35
66.50
-
-7.4
-2.8
5.3
6.8
7.5
-1.4
2.6
-1.7
-1,3
======————
0.15
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.14
0.14
— 	 	
5,022
4,757
4,675
4,947
5,377
5,876
5,905
6,129
6,132
6,173

-5.3
-1.7
5.8
8.7
9.3
0.5
3.8
.O'.l
0.7
  Represents 25 Percent of "Other Apparel Products and Services."  Original
  data for 1980-1983 excluded rural consumers and were adjusted to incSde
  rural consumers.  Converted to 1989 dollars using all items CPI
  Based on before tax income.  Income calculated by multiplying national
  personal income by the number of households.
 Average household expenditures multiplied by number of households.,
             198°-1D989 Consumer Expenditure Survey, U.S. (Department of Labor,
 Unted  Staes1111 Hi  T °?  °*  ***  President'  "90,  Statistical  Abstract  of  the
 Smmetce   «5i)       DeP"tment of  Commerce,  1990d) ;  U.S.  Department  of
 cleaning  expenditures  remained fairly constant over time,  the data
 characterize  commercial  laundry and dry cleaning expenditures fairly well.
 Approximately 85  percent  of  a  typical consumer's commercial  cleaning bill is
 dry cleaning,  as  opposed  to  laundry (U.S.  Department  of  Commerce,  1991).


      Notice  that, in  1980,  households  spent  $62 a  year  on average;  in  1989

that figure had increased to $67, an  8  percent  increase.  Aggregating across

the United States yields  total expenditures of more than $5.0 billion in  1980
and $6.2 billion in 1989.
                                     3-5

-------
      Two main factors affecting the growth of dry cleaning consumption are
textile and lifestyle trends.  During the 1970's, fashion trends demanded
easy-care fabrics.  Because these fabrics, normally synthetic or a. synthetic
blend, do not necessarily require dry cleaning,  consumption of dry cleaning
services decreased.  Returning to more natural fibers and synthetic materials
that require dry cleaning for proper care led to increased consumption in the
1980's (Fischer, 1987).

      The demand for. commercial dry cleaning services is also influenced by
general economic conditions as well as fashion trends.   Prevailing economic
conditions influence the purchase of more expensive garments, which often
require dry cleaning for proper care.  Another factor that increased household
demand for cleaning services is the increase in the number of women in the
work force.  The impact on commercial cleaning comes from both the increased
opportunity cost of a working woman's time and the increase in the number of
women working outside the home.  Table 3-2 shows the change in the number of
women in the work force and the median income for women for the period 1980-
1989.

      Consumption at coin-operated facilities is also strongly affected by
general economic conditions, though sometimes for different reasons than
comme-rcial dry cleaning consumption.  Historically, the cleaning volume at
coin-operated facilities plants has fluctuated with the economy.

      Data on coin-operated consumption are sparse.  However, the Census of
Services Industries does publish receipts for coin-operated laundry and dry
cleaning facilities.  Caution must be exercised when applying these data to
the dry cleaning industry because the receipts include laundry receipts.  In
1982, coin-operated laundry and dry cleaning establishments  (with payroll)
across the United States took in $1,501 million in constant  (1989) dollars
compared to $1,821 million in 1987  (U.S. Department of Commerce, 1990c).  This
increase amounts to 21 percent.  Receipts also increased in per-capita terms.
Per-capita expenditures expressed in constant dollars rose from $5.02 in 1982
to $6.83 in 1987.
                                      3-6

-------
   TABLE  3-2.  NUMBER AND MEDIAN INCOME  OF WOMEN  IN  THE WORK  FORCE  1980-1989
               ($1989)

Year
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986 •
1987
1988
1989
Number of
Womena
(000)
42,117
43,000
43,256
44,047
45,915
47,259
48,706
50,334
51,696
53,027
By^""^^g^=g^g^^^^*-^^*"
Change
{%)
-
2.10
0.60
1.83
4.24
2.93
3.06
3.34
2.71
2.57
	
Median Incomeb
($1989)
17,443
16,994
17,558
18,038
18,406
18,730
19,057
19,173
19,439
N/A
====:
Change
(%)
•— •"«•— «-^«B.
-2.57
3.32
2.73
2.04
1.76
1.75
0.61
1.39

 "Includes working women over the age of 16.
 Source:  Economic Report of the President, 1990.
 3.1.2   Charactsrizai-i'on  of

      Although every  individual  probably owns  at  least  a  few garments that
 require dry cleaning  for proper  care,  individuals  who use dry cleaning
 services on a regular basis have identifiable  characteristics.   People's need
 for dry cleaning services  depends on the  clothing  they  own and their '
 occupation, which may dictate their clothing choices.   White  collar workers
are more likely to own clothing  that requires dry  cleaning for proper  care.
Similarly,  individuals in professional positions would utilize dry cleaning
                                     3-7

-------
services more.  By extension, individuals with higher incomes would be
expected to use dry cleaning services more often.

      Consumer Expenditure Survey data for 1989 support these contentions.
Tables 3-3, 3-4, and 3-5 present data for two types of expenditures:
(1) expenditures on laundry and dry cleaning, excluding coin-operated and
(2) expenditures on coin-operated laundry and dry cleaning.  These data are
compiled by income levels (see Table 3-3), occupation (see Table 3-4), and
location (see Table 3-5) .  As indicated above, the expenditures for the
commercial sector are predominantly for dry cleaning services.   This
assumption does not necessarily hold for the coin-operated sector, where the
majority of the expenditures are for laundry expenses.  Caution must be
exercised when interpreting the coin-operated data.

      As expected, expenditures on commercial dry cleaning increase with
income (see Table 3-3).  An individual earning more than 550,000 a year spends
more than four times on dry cleaning than an individual earning less than
$30,000.   These higher expenditures are induced by two factors.  The first is
the need to dry clean most professional career clothing.  The second is the
propensity for individuals with higher incomes to own luxury clothing (e.g.,
leather,  suede), which requires dry cleaning for proper care.  Also, as shown
in Table 3-3, coin-operated expenditures decline with income, although laundry
expenditures cannot be separated from the dry cleaning expenditures.

      Figure 3-3 depicts this switch from coin-operated expenditures to
commercial expenditures as income rises.  A point of further interest is that
expenditures on commercial cleaning are a relatively stable share of income
across all income levels.  This stability suggests that any one income class
would not be more affected if prices increase.

      Table 3-4 shows expenditures on commercial and coin-operated cleaning by
occupation classification.  Individuals whose occupations fall in the
manager/professional category spend almost 83 percent more than any other job
category on commercial cleaning services.  Individuals with, technical, sales,
or clerical positions spend more than $75 a year on commercial cleaning, which
is 135 percent more than any of the remaining categories.
                                      3-8

-------
  TABLE 3-3.  HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES ON COMMERCIAL AND COIN-OPERATED DRY
              CLEANING AND LAUNDRY SERVICES BY INCOME CATEGORY  ($1989)
Income
Category13
<$000/yr)
5-10
10-15
15-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
over 50
comme
Cleaning
Average Annual
Expenditure
($/Household/yr)
17.40
18.57
30.57
42.06
62 .-13
90.75
175.93
ircial
Services3
Expenditures
as a Share of
Income*5 (%)
0.23
0.15
0.18
0.17
0.18
0.20
0.22
Coin-Operated
• Cleaning Services3
Average Annual
Expenditure
($/Household/yr)
45.90
42.14
41.92 .
43.76
. 35.06
23.95
15.81
Expenditures
as a Share of
Incomeb (%)
0.61
0.34
0.24
0.18
0.10
0.05
0.02
  KL  n   h    TK    household expenditures are based only on those households
  *£?*  P^chase these services and do not take into account those households
  that  do  not  purchase each type of cleaning services.  These estimates include
  both  laundry and dry cleaning expenses.  Expenditures at commercial
  establishments  comprise  mainly dry cleaning expenditures; only a small
  portion  of expenditures  at coin-operated establishments constitute drv
  cleaning expenditures.                                                y
 bBased on before-tax income.


 Sl°9U91Ca7  198°~1989 Consumer Expenditure Survey (U.S. Department of Labor,
      Finally,  household cleaning  expenditures  differ greatly depending on the

geographic location  (see Table  3-5).   Urban  consumers spend three  times as

much on commercial cleaning than do their  rural counterparts.   This  difference

in expenditures probably reflects  occupation choices.


      The Consumer F.yrenriJ,f,iirf  Snrvry  data reveal that the  typical consumer of

commercial dry cleaning  services is a  manager or professional,  earns more  than
                                      3-9

-------
TABLE 3-4.. HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES ON COMMERCIAL AND COIN-OPERATED DRY
            CLEANING AND LAUNDRY SERVICES BY OCCUPATION CATEGORY
Commercial
Cleaning Servicesa
Occupation
Category
Manager/
Professional
Technical/
Average Annual
Expenditure
($/Household/yr)
138.28
75.68
Expenditures
as a Share of
Incomeb (%)
0.28
0.23
Coin-Operated
Cleaning Services3
Average Annual -
Expenditure .
($/Household/yr)
27.14
46.79
Expenditures
as a Share of
Incomeb (%)
0.06
0.14
    Sales/
   Clerical

   Service
   Workers
Construction/
  Mechanics
  Operators/
    Labor
31.26


32.25


31.05
0.15


0.10


0.11
54.41


37.61


43.24
0.27


0.12


0.15
^Estimates of annual household expenditures are based only on those households
 that purchase these services and do not take into account, those households
 that do not purchase each type of cleaning services.   These  estimates include
 both laundry and dry cleaning expenses.  Expenditures at  commercial
 establishments comprise mainly dry cleaning expenditures;  only a small
 portion of expenditures at coin-operated establishments constitute dry
 cleaning expenditures.
bBased on before-tax income.

Source:  1980-1989 Consumer Expenditure Survey  (U.S.  Department of Labor,
 1991a).
$20,000 a year, and lives in an urban area.  Making generalizations about the

coin-operated expenditure data is more difficult.  But conversations with

coin-operated industry experts provide a picture of the typical consumer of

coin-operated dry cleaning.  The typical patron is cost-conscious, probably in

the lower income brackets but may be in the lower middle class as well.  This

patron is more likely to live in a rural location where commercial facilities

are not available (Torp, 1991).   The data do not refute this description.



3.1.3  Household Demand Function


      Like any demand function,  household demand for dry cleaning services is

derived from utility maximization.  Utility comes from commodities, not

directly from goods and services.  Households combine goods and services with

time as inputs into a process that generates commodities.  Thus, time spent on
                                     3-10

-------
  TABLE 3-5.  HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURES ON COMMERCIAL AND COIN-OPERATED DRY
              CLEANING AND LAUNDRY SERVICES BY LOCATION CATEGORY
    Commercial
Cleaning Services3
                                                           Coin-Operated
Location
Category13
Urban
Rural
Average Annual
Expenditure
($/Household/yr)
72.9
23.5
Expenditures
as a Share of
Income0 ( % )
0.22
0.10
- — . —
Average Annual
Expenditure
($/Household/yr)
37.24
16.90
Expenditures
as a Share of
Incomec (%)
0.11
0.07
  Estinater of annual household expenditures are based only on those households
  that purchase these services and do not take into account those household!
  that do not purchase each type of cleaning services.  These estinateT?---
  both laundry and dry cleaning expenses.  Expenditures at commercial
  establishments comprise mainly dry cleaning expenditures; only a small
                sndatures at eoan-rmAi-i-^ establishments constitute dry
 bAn urban area is defined as an area within a Standard Metropolitan
         ^ri*     (   SA)  Or °"6 With a P°Pulation of more than 2,500 persons
        persons" ""  **** °Ut8ida °£ *" SMSA and with a Populatio^ of lesTtJan
 cBased on before-tax income.
 Source: ^£80-1989 Consumer Expenditure Survey  (U.S. Department of Labor,
 nonwork activities is crucial to producing commodities (Becker,  1965).
 Commodities  form the basis of the household utility function.   That function
 is  maximized subject to a budget constraint and a time constraint,  both of
 which  limit  the  goods,  services,  and commodities available to  the household.

       When choosing  the combination  of  goods,  services,  and time  that will be
 used to produce  any  given commodity,  the household makes  its decision based  on
 the utility-maximizing  option.   Households  have  the option of  substituting
 time for goods or  services  in the event that such  substitution yields more
 utility.  For example,  a  meal could be provided by  combining groceries  and"
time to produce a home-cooked meal or by eating out at a  restaurant.  How  the
household makes these choices depends on its value  of time.
                                     3-11

-------
180-1

160'
140 '
Dollars
120 '
per
Household
100 -
80-
60 -
40-


20 -
0 .






M

l»
















^






. '


















4-












*i

























4-










* •• '
<
f:

























4-









%'
/-. s
^,»
^

























4-







^ :

•• v
^
- >
' J

























4-






1
;^j
: V i
;« /
,",
: __, "
j£

























4

^ *,
X* i
•"^ :
•?***%
% "V
1 *
^ %,j
^
H V

A


V,













5-10    10-15
                                    15-20     20-30     30-40     40-50   50 or more

                                      Income Category  ($000/yr>
                                    COMMERCIAL  D COIN-OP
Figure 3-3. Average Annual  Expenditures  on Dry Cleaning and Laundry Services
            by Income Class ($1989)

Source:  1980-1989 Consumer Expenditure  Survey,  (U.S.  Department of Labor,
 1991a) .
                                      3-12

-------
        A  household's  production  of  clean,  pressed clothing  can be  analyzed in
  this  framework.   If  the garment  requires  dry cleaning,  the household,  in
  theory,  has two  choices:   self-service dry  cleaning  (offered by self-service,
  coin-operated  facilities)  or employee-assisted dry cleaning  (offered by
  commercial or  coin-operated  [plant-operated]  facilities).  In the balance  of
  this  section,  employee-assisted dry cleaning will be referred to as commercial
  dry cleaning and self-service dry cleaning  will be referred to as coin-
  operated.  In  the coin-operated production  process, consumers pay for using
  the machines but  clean and press the clothing themselves.  In the commercial
  cleaning process, consumers use their time  to deliver and pick-up the garments
  and pay for others to clean and press them.  Although the market price of the
  coin-operated method is lower,  it requires more of consumers' time.   Assuming
 that consumer utility does not  differ between clothes cleaned by household
 production and clothes cleaned  by a commercial cleaner,  the household's
 decision  will depend on the opportunity cost of time.

       A household production model  similar to one developed by Gronau (1977)
 is used to show how a household makes  the decision to use commercial or coin-
 operated  dry  cleaning.   The household  seeks  to maximize  the amount of  cleaned,
 pressed clothes,  commodity Z, which is  produced by combining  dry cleaning
 services,  either  commercial or  coin-operated, (X)  and consumption  time  (L).

                                  2  = 2  (X, L)                             O.D

 X includes both the value  of market goods  or commercially cleaned clothes  (X,,,)
 and the value of  home goods or clean clothes produced by the consumer using
machinery and time  (Xh).

                                  x  - *m + *h                            (3.2)

Home goods are produced by work at home:  H  represents the number of hours per
day spent  producing clean clothing at home.

                                  xh =  f CH)                              (3.3)
                                     3-13

-------
      Utility is maximized subject to two constraints.  The first is a budget
constraint  where W is a wage rate, N is time spent on market work, and V is
other income.

                                  ^ = WN +  V                             (3.4)

The second constraint is a .time constraint  (T) .

                                 T = L + H + N                            (3.5)

      Equations  (3.1), (3.2), and  (3.3) are then combined and maximized
subject to equations  (3.4)  and (3.5) .

                    + f(H)], L} +  X(WN + V -X^ +  8(T - L - H - N)      (3.6)
Z is maximized when the marginal rate of substitution between time and goods
is equal to the marginal product of home production and equ
-------
  work performed by a member is a function of wage rate.   In  a  study  on  Queuing,
  Deacon and Sonstelie  (1985) estimated the value of time  to  be roughly
  equivalent to the after-tax wage.

        Data are not available to measure the value of time to  an individual who
  chooses to use coin-operated dry cleaning facilities compared to an individual
  who utilizes a commercial cleaner.  However,  using the Consumer
         data 9ives an estimation of the relationship between dry cleaning
  expenditures and income .

        Data  at the household level were available and included expenditures on
  commercial  and coin-operated dry cleaning,  income,  and other demographic
  information such as  education,  type of employment,  family size,  and an
  urban/rural designation.   Two ordinary least  squares (OLS)  equations were
  estimated—one  for commercial dry cleaning  expenditures  and one  for coin-
  operated dry cleaning expenditures.   The  independent variables included income
  and the dummy variables for  the  remaining demographic data.3  The  coefficients
  for income  are very  significant  and have  the  expected signs in both models
  (positive for commercial and negative  for coin-operated) .   Many  of  the  other
 demographic  variables behave  as  expected.  Unfortunately, the equations do not
 explain all  of the influences on dry cleaning expenditures  very  well.  But the
 equations do demonstrate the  relationship between income and expenditures on
 commercial cleaning.   The results are presented in Table 3-6.  Because income
 plays  such an influential role in consumers' choice of using commercial or
 coin-operated dry cleaning facilities, consumers are likely to switch from
 using  a coin-operated facility to a commercial facility at a critical wage or
 value  of time.   Above a  certain wage,  consumers are likely to value their time
 enough to make the time-intensive coin-operated approach too costly when the
 value  of their time is included in the calculation.   A full-cost  model for dry
 cleaning was developed that identifies the critical  wage  at  which the switch
 from coin-operated to full  service occurs.   The full cost of a commodity is
 the sum of the prices of the  goods  and services  consumed  and of the time used
 in producing  these commodities.   Direct costs  are  the prices of the goods  and
      3lhe data set consists of four quarters of household data.  Dummv
variables for the quarters were also included in the equation to account for
differences in the miar-i-or-i,, .-=«,„*,„„„_                            v-v-wuuc j.ui
differences in the quarterly responses
                                     3-15

-------
                            TABLE 3-6.  REGRESSION ANALYSIS6
          Variables
                                             Dependent Variable
 Commercial
Expenditures
Coin-Operated
 Expenditures
c

Income
Education Dummy
(1 if college graduate)
White Collar Dummy
(1 if manager or
professional)
Family Size
Urban Dummy
2nd Quarter Dummy
3rd Quarter Dummy
4th Quarter Dummy
Adjusted R2
F Value
-2.55
(-2.27)
0.0005
(41.77)b
11.03
(14.86)b
5.32
(8.50)b
-1.48
(-7.69)b
4.97
(5.42)b
-1.49
(-1.88)
-2.21
(-2.78)b
-2.05
(-2.61)b
0.160
442. 12b
4.79
(6.67)a
-0.0001
(-13.49)b
-2.25
(-4.75)b
2.26
(5.65)b
0.74
(6.01)b
5.40
(9.22)b
-0.05
(-1.11)
-0.78
(-1.55)
0.28
(0.56)
0.02
41.45b
Degression analysis performed using data from the 1989 Consumer Expenditure
 Survey (U.S.  Department of Labor,  1991a).
bDenotes  significance at the one percent level.
services,  and indirect costs are the total value of time.  Indirect costs can

also be thought of as foregone income.  Both direct and indirect costs are

included in the full cost of the commodity.


      The full cost for dry cleaned clothing to the household, C, is defined

as follows:
                                  p*q +  t*d  +  s*r
                                     (3.9)
                                     3-16

-------
  where
        p  - the unit price of dry cleaning services  (commercial or coin-
             operated),
        q  = the Quantity of dry cleaning,
        t  = the cost per mile of transportation to a dry cleaning facility,
        d  = the distance in miles to a dry cleaning facility,
        s  = the unit value or opportunity cost of time per hour,  and
        r  = the time in hours required to drop off and pick up clothing (plus
             facility, "eqUlrSd t0 Clean and Press clothing in a coin-opLated

  This  cost measures  the cost  of  a single  trip to a dry  cleaner, which  it will
  vary  with quantity  because consumers  can take one garment  or many garments  to
  the cleaner in a  single trip.   in addition,  the cost for coin-op consumers
  will  vary with quantity not only in terms of the  cost  of using the facility
  but also  with respect  to the opportunity cost  of  time, which  will also
  increase  with quantity.

       The critical wage is based on the  full cost of dry cleaning at
 commercial and coin-operated facilities.   The first component of the full cost
 is the direct cost or the price charged by the dry cleaning facility.   This is
 $6.34  per kilogram for commercial facilities and $1.65 per kilogram for coin-
 operated facilities  (see Section 2  for explanation).

       The second  component  is  the opportunity cost of the  time an  individual
 must spend to  operate the machine and  press  the garment.   That cost  will vary
 from individual to individual  and will depend on that individual's wage rate.
 One cycle  in a 3.6 kilogram machine takes approximately 45  minutes to
 complete,  which converts to 0.20625 hours per kilogram.  Assuming an
 individual  takes approximately 30 minutes to  press a man's  suit, total time
 spent would be 0.70625  hours/kilogram.

      Assuming that the distances to a commercial facility and a coin-operated
facility are the same eliminates any transportation costs from the calculation.
                                     3-17

-------
      The critical wage can then be calculated by solving the eolation below
for x.

                         $1.65 +  0.70625X  = $6.34                       (3.10)
                                 0.70625x  = $4.69
                                        x  = $6.64

For individuals earning less than $6.64/hour,  using the coin-operated facility
would be more cost-effective.  For individuals earning more than $6.64/hour,
using the commercial facility would be more cost-effective.

      The foregoing analysis is contingent on the relative price of coin-
operated versus commercial dry cleaners.  If the proposed regulation did not
affect the coin-operated sector but raised the price of commercial cleaning
services, then the critical wage at which consumers would switch from coin-
operated to commercial•would be higher.  This higher wage implies that more
consumers would utilize coin-operated facilities.

      The individual's choice assumes that both types of facilities are
readily accessible,.but this may not be the case for some smaller or rural
communities.  These locations may have only one cleaning facility,  and the
value of time may be irrelevant.   Coin-operated facilities are not distributed
uniformly throughout the United States but tend to be concentrated in the
southeastern and mid-atlantic states.  Despite the concentration of
facilities, consumers in these areas, depending on the elasticity of demand
for dry cleaning, may choose not to dry clean.  The sensitivity to price of
dry cleaning is discussed below.

3.1.5  Sensitivity To Price
      Consumers' sensitivity to the price of dry cleaning services depends on
other alternatives, which can vary from garment to garment.  Some fabrics
require dry cleaning for proper care, whereas others can also be cleaned with
detergent and water.   Specialty fabrics like leather, suede, and silk are
usually labeled "dry clean only."  Consumers are often uncertain about which
fabrics can safely be laundered without being damaged.  Therefore, the
importance of dry cleaning services to consumers varies with the ease with

                                     3-18

-------
  which another cleaning process can be substituted for dry cleaning and the
  consumer's knowledge of the possibilities of substitution.

        A few indirect substitutes are available to replace dry cleaning.   In
  the long run,  consumers could replace the stock of clothes requiring dry
  cleaning for proper care with water-washable garments.   In the short run,  they
  could reduce the  frequency of wearing dry-cleaned clothing or increase the
  number of times a garment is  worn before  it  is cleaned.   The  only direct
  substitute available for dry  cleaning is  laundering with  water and detergent,
  but  this  method is  not  a perfect,  substitute.

        The price elasticity of demand is one  way  of  measuring  consumers'
  sensitivity  to price  changes.  Demand is  said  to be price  elastic  if  an
  increase  (or decrease)  in pries causes a  proportionately greater decrease  (or
  increase)  in purchases.   Thus, elasticity of demand measures  consumers'
  responsiveness to price  changes.  Section 4 presents price elasticity
 estimates and results.

 3.2   INDUSTRIAL DEMAND

       Many industries provide uniforms for their employees typically renting
 these uniforms from an industrial launderer.   The industrial customer is
 charged a price per-uniform change and receives clean,  delivered uniforms on a
 regular basis.   Unlike households, however,  industrial customers are
 indifferent to whether the uniforms are water washed or dry cleaned.  They pay
 the same price regardless of how the garment  is cleaned.

       Historically,  changes in general economic conditions  have affected
 industrial cleaners  less dramatically than coin-operated  and commercial
 sectors.   As  industrial  production and employment increase,  so does the demand
 for industrial uniform rentals, the  main item leased and cleaned by the
 industrial sector  (Betchkal, 1987a).

 3.2.1  Consumption and Trgndp

      Data are not available on the  consumption of industrial  dry cleaning
services.  The fact that  customers are indifferent to the cleaning  method and
pay the same price for uniforms laundered  in water and detergent as  they do
                                     3-19

-------
for uniforms cleaned in PCE probably explains the lack of information.
Furthermore, dry cleaning is typically a very small part of an industrial
launderer's business.  Total industry receipts are availeible from the 1987
Census of Service Industries (U.S. Department of Commerce, 1990b).  For the
years 1982 and 1987, receipts of industrial launderers totalled  $2,435 million
and $2,947 million in constant  (1989) dollars.  This increase amounted to over
21 percent.

3.2.2  Characterization of Demanders
      Customers of industrial cleaners encompass many industries.  Industries
that typically rent uniforms include auto dealerships and independent garages,
construction, hotels, restaurants, security firms, food processing, and other
manufacturing industries.  Even traditionally white collar industries such as
banking or real estate may rent blazers for their employees.  Many types of
additional industries are likely to lease the other items offered by
industrial cleaners, such as mats, mops,  towels, and cloths.  All of these
firms use these products as inputs in their production process.

3.2.3  Derived Demand
      Unlike the demand for commercial and coin-operated dry cleaning
services, the demand for industrial cleaning services is a. derived demand.
Customers of industrial cleaning view clean uniforms as inputs into their
production processes, so demand for these inputs is said to be derived because
it depends on the demand for the final good.  Additional inputs  are purchased
in anticipation of increasing production of the final good.  As  discussed in
Section 3.2.4,  the elasticity of demand for an input is related  to the
elasticity of demand for the final product.

      In such a scenario, producers would maximize profits.  Presumably, the
full-cost model for industrial dry cleaning services would be as follows:

                                  C = p*q + T                            (3.11)
                                     3-20

-------
  where
        p = the unit price of dry cleaning services
        q = the quantity of dry cleaning services
        T = transaction costs associated with purchasing dry cleaning services.

  Transportation costs  do not play a  role here because industrial  launderers
  deliver the  uniforms  and do not  charge different  prices based  on distance.

  3.2.4   Sensitivity to  Pr,igf»

        The elasticity of demand for  industrial' dry cleaning  services  is not
  estimated for  this  analysis  due  to  a lack of  data.   However, a theoretical
  model  is developed  that  expresses the  elasticity  within  a range  of values.
  This model is  based on  the  concept  of  the elasticity of  substitution for
  inputs and the cost share of inputs.

       The elasticity of substitution measures the ease with which a producer
 can substitute between inputs, holding final output constant.  When
 substitution is difficult (i.e.,  when changing the input mix does not improve
 the efficiency of the  inputs),  the elasticity of substitution will be less
 than one.  In a fixed  proportion production function, the elasticity of
 substitution is zero because inputs  must be used in a fixed ratio,  and
 altering that ratio would be inefficient.  The customers of industrial dry
 cleaners encompass many types of  final  products,  so  generalizing  about the
 elasticity  of substitution with  respect to  inputs  of clean  uniforms  is
 difficult.  However, clean uniforms  will probably  be used in fixed
 proportions,  or,  at  the  very least,  difficult  to substitute.  The elasticity
 of  substitution with respect  to clean uniforms must  fall  between  zero and  one.

      The second  concept  used in  the model is  the  cost  share  of inputs.  The
cost share simply represents  the  cost of  a specific  input as  a percentage  of
the total cost.   The framework established by  Allen'(1962)  suggests  a
theoretical estimation of the elasticity  of demand for an input.  In  the
following equation, the elasticity is expressed as a proportional change.
                                     3-21

-------
                      E(Qa)  / E(Pa)  =  (AQa/Qa)  /  CAPa/Pa)               (3.12)
where
      a = inputs of clean uniforms
      b = all other inputs
      Qa = the quantity of clean uniforms
      Pa = the price of clean uniforms
      kfc = the cost share of all other inputs
      5= the elasticity of substitution between uniforms and other inputs
      ka = the cost share of clean uniforms
      Xx = the elasticity of demand for the final product .

      The cost share of all inputs other than clean uniforms is quite large,
and the cost share of clean uniforms is nearly zero.  The elasticity of
substitution is most likely zero.  Whatever the value of kb, the first term in
the above equation is zero or a very small number.  ka will be nearly zero and
will limit the value of the second term of the equation to nearly zero.  The
sum then is a small number, certainly less than one in absolute terms.  Thus,
the elasticity of demand for industrial dry cleaning services is somewhat
inelastic.

      One additional point merits mention.  Empirical studies have shown that
the elasticity of demand for final goods is generally greater than demand for
intermediate goods  (Martin, 1982} .  The elasticity estimation of the demand
for dry cleaning services for households and for industrial consumers is
consistent with that finding.
                                     3-22

-------
                 .  '                  SECTION 4
                  MARKET STRUCTURE IN THE DRY CLEANING INDUSTRY

        A causal flow occurs from demand and su; ply conditions to market
  structure and from market structure to conduct  of firms  (Sherer, 1980).
  Economic theory provides a framework for analyzing the links between the
  demand and supply  conditions an industry face:,  its market structure, and the
  typical behavior of firms in that industry.   :his section examines market
  structure in the dry cleaning industry and de- elops an approach for estimating
  the  impacts  of an increase in the cost of suprlying dry cleaning services due
  to regulation.   Certain aspects of market structure-including the existence
  of barriers  to entry,  the number of sellers  ir. a  market area,  and the
  geographic distribution of consumers and producers—are particularly relevant
  for  determining the  way consumers  and suppliers would react  to  a'change  in the
  costs of providing dry  cleaning services.

       Fundamental to the  analysis  of market structure  in  the dry cleaning
  industry is an understanding of the'geographic scope of the market area.  To
  facilitate this understanding,  this section begins with a brief description of
 the facility location decision, which is determined by the basic supply and
 demand conditions outlined in previous sections.   The section then describes
 market structure in  the three sectors prior to developing the model markets.

 4.1    FACILITY LOCATION DECISION

       Determinants of facility location differ by  industry sector,   in the
 commercial and coin-operated sectors,  dry cleaning markets are  small in
 geographic size.  Depending on the  number of  sellers in a particular place and
 the population  density,  markets  may cover an  area  as small as a  few city
 blocks,  in contrast, industria.1 facilities operate  in geographic markets  that
 are much larger.  Factors  such as the  income distribution  of the customer
base,  traffic patterns,  and number  of  competing firms  in an area contribute to
the location decision in each sector.  The determinants of the facility
location characteristic of  each industry sector are discussed below.
                                     4-1

-------
4.1.1  Commercial Dry Cleaners
      The service provided by commercial dry cleaners is effective, fast, and
requires little effort by the customer.  These establishments sell a
convenience good that, like toothpaste and gasoline, does not typically
justify comparison shopping because the benefit of price comparison does not
compensate for the cost of the search  (Sherer, 1980; Steinhoff and Burgess,
1989).   An important determinant of the convenience of dry cleaning is the
proximity of the facility to the customer's home.  The market that commercial
dry cleaners serve extends over a local area although the geographic size will
vary depending on population density.

      The profit-maximizing dry cleaner evaluates multiple dimensions when
choosing the location of a new facility (Steinhoff and Burgess, 1989).  Some
considerations are highly specific to the community and, while they are
crucial to the firm's potential success, have little bearing on the economic
impact  analysis because they do not provide insight into the responses to
regulation.  Among these dimensions are the availability of parking, types of
surrounding firms, traffic density, and side of the street for the facility.
Other dimensions such as rent, availability of labor, the local business
climate, and the share of the population in professional or managerial
occupation categories are also important to the potential for success, but
again they are unlikely to be significant for the, impact analysis.

      The significant dimensions of the location decision for commercial dry
cleaning facilities are the size of the consumer base and the efficiency of
the existing firms.  An increasing population in the area under consideration
may provide the basis for a new firm.  In the absence of an expanding market,
the presence of inefficient firms may instead provide the basis.   In either
case, the potential customer base must be at least large enough to generate
sufficient revenues to justify investment in the minimum size facility.

      The minimum size facility implies a minimum population requirement,
which,  because of limits on the size of dry cleaning equipment, may be several
thousand people  (the population requirement would increase as average income
decreases).  The technology of dry cleaning is "lumpy":  dry cleaning machines
used by the commercial sector are available in about six sizes.   The smallest
                                      4-2

-------
  machine used in this sector has a capacity of 11.3 kilograms per load.  The
  operation of a dry cleaning facility also requires labor for staffing the
  front counter,  preparing clothing for cleaning,  operating the dry cleaning
  machine,  and processing the clean clothing for return to the customer.  In
  reality,  labor is also unavailable in an infinitely divisible quantity.
  Facility  size is therefore imperfectly variable.

        A potential owner of a dry cleaning facility confronts a definite  lower
  limit  on  the revenue  that  is necessary for profitable operation.   In  choosing
  a  location  for  a dry  cleaning facility,  the profit-maximizing potential  owner
  must consider the minimum  customer base  that  this  lower  limit  on  revenue
  implies.  Owners who  misjudge  their customer  base, either because  of
  miscalculation  or over-confidence in their ability to  attract  customers away
  from an existing facility, may be unable  to cover their  fixed  costs or even
  their variable  costs.   Inability to cover  fixed costs  can lead to  financial
  failure of the  firm.  Inability to cover variable costs can lead to closure of
  the facility.

  4.1.2  Coin-operated Dry Clftangrfi

       Many of the determinants of the facility location decision that  are
 characteristic of the commercial sector are also  characteristic of the coin-
 operated sector.  In particular,  coin-operated laundries  that offer plant-
 operated services provide a convenience good that  is  virtually
 indistinguishable from the  service offered by  the  commercial  sector.   Like
 commercial facilities,  coin-operated  facilities serve a local market area  and
 typically  locate in places  that are convenient to  consumers.

      One  important difference  does exist,  however.   As discussed  in
 Section 2,  dry cleaning  services  are offered as an auxiliary  to the regular
 laundry operations  at  coin-operated facilities.  Because  dry  cleaning  activity
 accounts for  only about  10 percent of receipts  at coin-operated facilities
with dry cleaning operations, the location  decision is  based on the
determinants  relevant for locating a laundromat rather  than for a dry  cleaning
facility,  once the decision to locate the coin-operated laundry is made,  the
owner must  decide whether to provide dry cleaning services in addition to the
regular laundry services.  Relevant factors in this secondary decision include
                                     4-3

-------
the proximity of other dry cleaning facilities, the size of the costumer base,
and the income distribution of residents within the community.

4.1.3  Industrial Dry Cleaners
      Industrial cleaners serve a much larger geographic area than do
commercial or coin-operated cleaners.  For example, the operator of one
industrial facility indicated that his facility served industrial and
commercial users located as far away as 100 miles  (Coor and Grady, 1991) .
Services provided by industrial cleaners are not considered convenience goods.
Consumers in this sector view the services provided by industrial clfaners as
an input into their production process.  Because the cleaner delivers the
cleaned items, consumers are generally more concerned with dependability of
service than with convenience.

      The profit-maximizing industrial cleaner locates where costs of
production are minimized.  According to one facility operator, the ideal
location is a small town that is centrally located to several large cities
where the customer base is located (Coor and Grady, 1991).  Small towns
typically do not have the traffic congestion characteristic of larger cities.
Traffic congestion ties up delivery vehicles, which increases the cost of
delivery and may reduce customer satisfaction.  In addition, small towns tend
to have less expensive land and building costs and labor costs.  Because
industrial launderers clean most of the items they process in water and
detergent, a cheap, abundant water supply is also an important determinant of
location.

4.2   MARKET STRUCTURE
      Within each sector of the industry many localized geographical markets
exist where only neighboring firms compete directly.  These submarkets are
only loosely tied to a national market, but economic decisions by individual
firms are jointly related to national trends.  The existing market structure
reflects fundamental market forces that are likely to be an enduring feature
of the dry cleaning industry.  The economic impact analysis uses the
differences in market structure and pricing practices of dry cleaning
facilities to predict the market responses to the candidate regulatory
                                      4-4

-------
   alternatives.  To  simplify the  analysis,  a model market  approach is used to
   differentiate markets by
         r the market sector,
         • the number of suppliers in  each market  area,  and

         ' alternative* SUppliers  P°tentiaHy affected under  each  regulatory

        An important economic impact associated with promulgation of  the  '
  candidate regulations is the total welfare loss (gain) attributable to market
  adjustments in the dry cleaning industry.   A neoclassical supply/demand
  analysis is developed for each sector and model market.  The economic impacts
  are analyzed for  each sector and model market individually and the results are
  then aggregated to determine total welfare effects.

  4-2-1   Market  Structm-P  in  r_hg (-y,mmprci*T  Sector

       Two basic market structures are  prevalent  in the commercial sector.   The
  first is a  competitive structure,  which is found predominantly in urban  and
  suburban"areas and  characterized by  the existence of many dry  cleaning
  facilities  in each market area and no  barriers to entry.  Approximately  90
 percent of  the commercial facilities are in urban/suburban market  areas.   The
 second type of market structure  is characterized by a  single, facility in a
 rural market area.  Because consumers are unwilling to drive long  distances to
 purchase dry cleaning services, the owner of a single  facility in  a  remote
 area does not behave as if in a perfectly competitive market.

       Urban /Suburban Mfir)~M.  Given the number of  commercial facilities in
 urban and suburban areas  and the  size distribution  of those facilities,  it is
 assumed  that a  competitive market structure exists  for these facilities.   The
 competitive  model  is based on the hypothesis that no  facility individually'can
 influence market equilibrium,  but the behavior of all  producers, taken together -
 determines the position of the market supply curve.   In addition,  the cost of
producing the last unit of output,  the  marginal cost,  along  with  market  demand
determines equilibrium price  and  output.  Furthermore,  at  a  stable equilibrium
price, each  individual facility can sell any level of output  desired,  with no
perceptible effect on equilibrium values.  As a result, each  facility faces  an
                                      4-5

-------
implicit demand curve that is perfectly, elastic (horizontal)  at the current
market equilibrium price.

      Initially, imposing controls on a facility will alter the costs of
producing the same level of output as before the control.  This production
cost change will induce a shift of that facility's supply curve.  Because the
supply curve for a well-defined market is the horizontal summation of
individual facility supply curves for all facilities participating in that
market,  the shift in the market supply curve can be determined from knowledge
of facility-specific shifts.  If the regulation results in a production cost
change for the marginal supplier within the market area, a change in the
equilibrium price and output will occur.

      Precise estimates of the quantitative changes in price and output
require information on the position and slope of the market supply and market
demand curves both prior to and after the adjustment.  Predicting the position
and slope of the market supply and demand curves is, therefore, crucial to-
estimating the economic impacts.  The changes in price and output lead to
consumer and producer welfare changes that can be measured as areas within the
supply/demand plane.  The neoclassical supply/demand analysis applied to this
study is introduced below.

      The position of the market demand curve is critical to determining the
change in equilibrium price and output resulting from a regulatory-induced
shift in the market supply curve.  The slope of the demand curve measures the
responsiveness of quantity demanded to a change in the price of the service.
The elasticity of demand .is a relative measure of demand responsiveness and as
a policy tool is generally preferred to the demand curve slope.  The
elasticity of demand is measured as the percentage change in quantity demanded
of a good or service resulting from a one-percent change in its price.  Post-
regulatory equilibrium price and output values and the  resulting welfare
changes can be calculated if the baseline price and output values, the
relative shift of the market supply curve, and estimates of demand' and supply
elasticities are available.

      A priori, predicting the elasticity of demand for commercial dry
cleaning services is difficult because many variables contribute to  its value.
If data are unavailable to estimate a demand elasticity, a unitary elastic

                                      4-6

-------
   (T| - -1.0) demand curve could be used to estimate impacts, but considerable
  uncertainty would be associated with the price and output adjustments and the
  welfare loss estimates.  Any market-measured value of the demand elasticity
  would obviously be superior to an unsubstantiated simplification.  The supply
  and demand functions for the commercial dry cleaning sector are estimated
  simultaneously to derive corresponding elasticity estimates.

        A neoclassical supply/demand model is a system of interdependent
  equations in which the price and output of a product are simultaneously
  determined by the interaction of producers and consumers in the market.   In
  simultaneous equation models,  where variables in  one equation  feed back into
  variables in another equation,  the  error terms  are correlated  with the
  endogenous (price,  output)  variables.   In most  circumstances,  single-equation
  ordinary  least-squares  estimation of  individual equations  in a  simultaneous
  equation model  can  lead to  biased and inconsistent parameter estimates.
  Furthermore, the  supply and demand  equations must be  econometrically
  identified prior  to  initiating a simultaneous equation regression procedure.
  An equation is  identified if obtaining values of the parameters from the
  reduced-form equation system is possible.  Put simply, identification requires
  that at least one original exogenous (shifter) variable is contained in each
 equation of the supply/demand system.

       Section 2 presented data on average base prices and total output for the
 commercial sector from 1974 to 1988.  These data represent equilibrium points
 of intersection between supply and demand curves for  each of those years.
 Estimating a supply or demand curve  equation from these data would be
 difficult  because information is  insufficient to completely identify the
 supply/demand system.   However,  with the aid of  intuitively acceptable supply
 and demand shift variables,  the price  and output data can be used  to
 econometrically  estimate the commercial  sector supply and demand functions  and
 corresponding elasticities.

      Gross population levels for the U.S.  and the producer price  index  for
 service industries from  1974 to 1988 were chosen as the demand and  supply
 shifters, respectively.  Population  levels are commonly used as demand shift
 variables in regression equations.   The producer price index is suitable for
the supply function because it is a good proxy for production costs. '
Table 4-1 lists the time-series data used in the supply/demand estimation.
                                      4-7

-------
             TABLE 4-1.  DATA  USED  IN  THE  SUPPLY/DEMAND ESTIMATION
Year
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
Price
($/kg)a
4.02
4.42
4.46
4.36
4.87
4.90
5.32
5.63
5.72
5.87
5.98
6.13
6.14
6.05
6.08
Output
(106 kg/yr)b
570
506
499
521
493
499
475
444
522
527
525
522
608
603
596
P.P. Index
53.5
58.4
61.1
64.9
69.9
78.7
89.8
98.0
100.0
101.3
103..7
103.2
100.2
102.8
106.9
Population
(106)
213.9
216.0
218.0
220.2
222.6
225.1
227.8
230.1
232.5
234.8
237.0
239.3
241.6
243.9
246.1
aAll dollar figures converted to 1989 dollars through the Consumer Price Index
  for  Apparel  and Upkeep.
bSee Table 2-8.
Source:  Faig  (1990); Survey of Current Business (U.S. Department of Commerce
         1989b); Statistical Abstracts of the U.S.  (U.S.  Department of
         Commerce 1989a).
      Supply and demand equations for the commercial sector were
econometrically estimated by using the instrumental variables regression
procedure.  Base price and total output were first converted to natural
logarithm form to ensure constant supply and demand elasticity estimates.  The
structural models for the supply/demand system are the following:
                                      4-8

-------
        Supply:        Ln(Qts)  - ai + a2Ln(Pt)  + 33PPIt + dt,                (4.1)

        Demand:        Ln(Qtd)  - bi + b2Ln(Pt)  + bsPopt + ut,                (4.2)

                                Ln(Qts>  -  Ln,                          (4.3)
 where Q - output, P - price,  Pop - population, and PPI  -  producer  price  index.
 The supply equation  (4.1), demand equation  (4.2), and equilibrium  condition
 (4.3) determine the market price and the quantity supplied  (demanded) when the
 market is in equilibrium.  For this reason, the variables Ln(Qts), Ln(Qtd),
 and Ln(Pt) are endogenous because they are determined within the system  of
 equations, while Pop and PPI are exogenous variables.  The parameter estimates
 and regression statistics from the simultaneous system estimation are reported
 in Table 4-2.

       With Durbin-Watson statistics of 1.54 for both the supply and demand
 equations,  the null hypothesis of no serial correlation cannot be rejected at
 the 0.01  level of significance.   Overall,  the significance of the parameter
 estimates  and the low standard errors  indicate that  base prices,  dry cleaning
 output, population levels,  and the  producer price index are effective in
 predicting the supply /demand  relationship.

      Parameter estimates were also developed using  a time variable instead of
 population  in  an  attempt to determine whether  a simple  time  trend would  be a
 more suitable  demand shifter.  The results  of  that regression  are reported in
 Table 4-3.  The parameter estimates are very similar  to  the  regression with
 population as an explanatory variable, but the population  specification had a
 slightly better fit.  As a result, all future  references to  the elasticity
 estimates will apply to the population specification.

      The predicted elasticity of supply and demand can be derived directly
from the parameter estimates of the regression  system.  Regression equations
for the supply and demand functions appear in estimated form as

      Ln(Qts)  = -0.012 + 1.558Ln(Pt)  - 0.023(PPIt),                        <4.4)

      Ln(Qtd)  - -6.351  - 1.086Ln(Pt)  + 0.036 (Popt) .                        (4>5)

                                     4-9

-------
 TABLE  4^2.  PARAMETER ESTIMATES AND REGRESSION STATISTICS FROM  THE
            SUPPLY/DEMAND ESTIMATION
Parameter Value
Supply Curve
Intercept 0.120
Price 1.558
P.P. Index -0.023
. Sum sq. res.
0.031
Demand Curve
Intercept -6.351
Price -1.086
Population 0.036
Sum sq. Res.
0.031
Std.

0
0
0
Std.
0

1
0
0
Std.
0
err.

.064
.291
.0.05
err.
.051

.289
.240
.007
err.
.051
t-stat 95% conf

1.882
5.361 0.924 to
-5.057 -0.033 to
DW test
1.54

-4.927
-4.530 -1.608 to
5.057 0.020 to
DW test
1.54
. int .


2.192
-0.013




-0.564
0.051


      The first derivative of the supply equation with respect to the
logarithm of price  (1.558) is an estimate of the supply elasticity for dry
cleaning services in the commercial sector.  The interpretation of this
estimate is that the quantity supplied of dry cleaning services will increase
by 1.558 percent for every 1 percent increase in the price for that service.
The t-statistic value of 5.361 allows rejection of the null hypothesis so that
the estimate is not significantly different from zero at the 0.05 level of
significance.

      The estimated elasticity of demand is the first derivative of the demand
equation with respect to the logarithm of price, or -1.086.  The
interpretation of this value is that the demand for dry cleaning services will
decrease by 1.086 percent for every I percent increase in the price of that
service.  The t-statistic value of -4.530 allows rejection of the null
hypothesis that the estimate is not significantly different from zero at the
0.05 level of significance.
                                     4-10

-------
  TABLE 4-3.  PARAMETER ESTIMATES AND REGRESSION STATISTICS FROM THE
              SUPPLY/DEMAND ESTIMATION (TIME-TREND SPECIFICATION)
Parameter Value
Supply CiiT-yft
Intercept 0.123
Price 1.512
P.P. Index -0.022
Sum Sq. Res.
0.345
Demand Cijrye.
Intercept 1.082
Price -0.989
Time 0.077
Sum Sq. Res.
0.345
^•"^•^•••"•»
Std.

0
0
0
Std.
0

0
0.
0.
Std.
0.
err.

.067
.305
.005
Err.
.054

.208
.239
.016
Err.
054
t-stat 95% conf. int.

1.825
4.959 0.848 to 2.176
-4.670 -0.033 to -0.012
DW test
1.46

5.198
-4.141 -1.509 to -0.469
4.670 0.041 to 0.112
DW test
1.46
       The credibility of the demand elasticity estimate can be confirmed with
 a demand elasticity point estimate computed by Houthakker and Taylor (1970).
 These authors examined consumer demand relationships for many different goods
 and services.  The demand elasticity for a category of products they refer to
 as "clothing upkeep and laundering in establishments" was estimated at  0.9293.
 This  value  is contained in the  95  percent confidence interval for  the demand
 elasticity  estimate reported in Table 4-2 (-1.608  to -0.564).   In  addition, it
 is very  close to the point estimate  itself (-1.086).

       If the  regulation  results  in a  change  in the marginal  supplier's  cost of
providing dry cleaning services, then price  and quantity  impacts will occur in
the short run.  Using the  demand and  supply  elasticities estimated  above,
projecting changes  in short  run equilibrium  price and quantity  associated  with
each regulatory alternative  is possible.  As noted in Section 2, the  baseline
                                     4-11

-------
price in the market is equivalent to the marginal cost of providing dry
cleaning services  (before the regulation) and the average total cost of
building a new facility.  An increase in the marginal costs projected under
the regulatory alternatives would result in an increase in price in the short
run.  As price rises above the average total cost of a new facility, new entry
is encouraged.  The average total cost of the new facility, however, is not
affected under any of the alternatives considered because virtually all new
dry cleaning machines have built-in vent controls.  Consequently, in the long
run, price and quantity adjustments are zero.  In the absence of regulation,
the current stock of uncontrolled PCE machines would have been replaced by new
machines with vent controls, further supporting the position that long-run
price and output adjustments are zero.  Therefore, price and output
adjustments in the balance of this analysis refer to short-run effects.

      Not all commercial facilities in a market area are affected under the
candidate regulatory alternatives.  Only those facilities that use PCE and
that do not have the required vent controls in the baseline will experience a
change in production costs.  It is not known whether facilities that are
potentially affected are more or less likely to be the price-setting marginal
facility in the market.  Without detailed information on individual supplier's
production costs, determining whether the marginal supplier will incur
regulatory costs is impossible.  Therefore, it is assumed that the likelihood
of a shift in the marginal supplier's costs is directly related to the
proportion of facilities experiencing the cost increase.

      Suppose that a given market area includes facilities that are
potentially affected by the regulation {PCE facilities that do not have the
required vent controls) as well as those that are unaffected  (PCE facilities
that have the required vent controls or non-PCE facilities).  If the
unaffected facilities dominate, then price and output adjustments are
unlikely.  The impact in markets where unaffected facilities dominate falls
exclusively on the affected suppliers whose profits are reduced by the cost of
the regulation.  Conversely if affected facilities dominate in a particular
market area, then the regulation is likely to result in an equilibrium price
and output adjustment for that market.  Price would rise, but not by the full
amount of the cost increase, until demand and supply are in equilibrium.  Put
                                     4-12

-------
  differently, the market supply curve will shift along a  (stationary or
  shifting) market demand curve with equilibrium changes in price and output
  determined once the curves stabilize.

        Rural Markftfn   Considering the minimum-size customer base,  as described
  in Section 4.1.1,  is critical for owners planning to open a facility in a
  remote area served by a single facility.  Areas with a lower population
  density can sustain a lower density of dry cleaners than areas with a higher
  population density.   The existence of a minimum customer base explains the
  pattern observed in the data set:   sparsely populated areas are served by a
  single facility and densely populated areas by  multiple  facilities.

        The outstanding characteristic  of the structure of  the dry cleaning
  industry  in rural  communities  is the  prevalence of  markets  that  are  served by
  a  single  facility.   Another salient characteristic  of rural  dry  cleaning
  facilities  is that annual  revenues are. typically below $25,000.  The  small
  scale  of  the market  in  rural communities requires the operation  of a minimally
  sized  facility.  Consequently, the smallest facility  would use an 11.3
  kilogram machine.  A new entrant would at a minimum add another  11.3 kilograms
  of capacity.  The only option available to a new entrant, therefore, is to
 double  (at the minimum) capacity in the market.

       Although these single-facility markets are not perfectly competitive,
 the ease of entry into the dry cleaning industry implies that the threat to
 long-run profits from new entrants is keen and persistent.  The optimal
 pricing strategy is to set a profit-maximizing price that is low enough to
 deter  entry.  Therefore,  to model  the economic impact of the proposed
 regulations,  it  is  assumed that the owners  of firms  in single-facility rural
 markets follow a limit pricing  strategy.  The assumptions  of potential large-
 scale  entry and  output maintenance  allow application of the  theory of limit
 pricing developed by  Bain,  Sylos-Labini,  and Modigliani' (Sherer,  I960).

      Any  price  above  the average total  cost of  a new  facility would  encourage
new entry  into the market.   The existence of a second  facility in the market
would decrease the market share and the total revenue  of the  initial supplier.
Assuming that the productivity of dry cleaning equipment has been increasing
over time,  owners of new equipment would tend to have  lower marginal costs
                                     4-13

-------
than owners of older equipment.  Therefore, the market price would probably
decline with the entrance of a second facility, further decreasing the total
revenue of the existing  supplier.  Furthermore, if the assumption of increased
productivity is correct, owners of new facilities may be able to set prices at
a. level where initial suppliers would not be able to cover their costs of
production.  If the price set by the new supplier fell below the variable
costs of production for  the initial supplier, then the initial supplier would
cease operations.  If the initial supplier could cover variable costs but not
all the fixed costs of production, then the facility would continue to operate
in the short run but would face potential financial failure.  Facing this
potential erosion in profits and/or financial failure, the owner of an
existing facility is most likely to adopt the pricing strategy that presents
the strongest deterrent  to a potential entrant to ensure that his market share
is not eroded.

      Even in the pre-regulatory baseline, the new entrant's long-run average
cost curve already reflects the cost of compliance associated with the
candidate regulatory alternatives because the manufacturers of dry cleaning
machines have incorporated the requisite air pollution control devices into
the basic design (Federal Register,  1989).  Therefore the pre-regulatory and
post-regulatory costs of potential r.ew entrants are the same, implying that
the limit price set by an existing facility would not change under any of the
regulatory alternatives.

      Two types of rural markets must be analyzed:  those with an unaffected
facility and those with  a potentially affected facility.  In market areas with
a single unaffected facility,  costs do not change because the dry cleaning
machines either already  comply with the alternatives or they use a solvent
other than PCE.  Only in those market areas with a single potentially affected
facility where regulatory costs are projected,  does a potential "exist for
economic impacts.

      The theory of limit pricing to deter large-scale entry implies that the
                                                i
established firm sets a price just below that at which a new entrant would
find entry profitable.   An established dry cleaner cannot raise its price
without inducing entry and eroding its profits.  Even when its costs rise, the
established owner does not have an incentive to adjust price and quantity
                                     4-14

-------
  because new entry would occur and the market price would fall.  Therefore, in
  rural, single-facility markets in which the alternatives considered for
  proposal have an economic impact, the impact falls exclusively on the
  established dry cleaners whose profits fall by the amount of the compliance
  cost.

  4.2.2  Market Rlrucil-urP -in i-h
        Conversations with industry representatives indicate that a perfectly
  competitive market structure is an accurate representation of current
  conditions in the coin-operated sector.   In addition,  the  characteristics  of
  supply and demand for  coin-operated dry  cleaning services  and the determinants
  of  facility location decision are similar to those described  for  the
  commercial sector,  which is  predominantly characterized by a  competitive
  market  structure.   Therefore,  a  competitive  market structure  is used  to
  estimate impacts  in the  coin-operated sector.

       Coin-operated (plant-operated) facilities provide the same  services to
  the same consumers  at approximately the same prices as commercial facilities.
  Therefore the demand and supply elasticities estimated for the commercial
  sector are used to compute impacts in this sector.  The service offered by
 self-service coin-operated facilities is different from that offered by
 commercial facilities or plant-operated facilities.   As described in
 Section 2,  the dry cleaning service offered by self-service facilities does
 not  include pre-spotting, pressing, or finishing.  However, historical data on
 price  and output are not collected in a  structured format  for  the  coin-
 operated sector.   As a  result econometrically estimating supply and demand
 elasticities for self-service coin-operated dry cleaning is impossible.   One
 option is to assume that  the  elasticity estimates for the commercial sector
 are  representative of the market  conditions characteristic  of  self-service  dry
 cleaning.   Another option is  to compute a  rough estimate of demand elasticity
 for  self-service dry cleaning using the market  price and output  for  self-
 service dry cleaning and  the  market price  for commercial dry cleaning.  This
 second option is described below.

      First, a "choke price»~the price at which the quantity of self-service
coin-operated dry cleaning demanded is zero-is estimated.   As discussed in
                                     4-15

-------
Section 3, the consumer's full cost of obtaining dry cleaning services
includes the price paid to the supplier plus the consumer's opportunity cost
of time.  Assuming that no consumer values time below the minimum wage rate,
the minimum opportunity cost of time is the product of the minimum wage rate
(4.25 per hour) and the time required to produce a clean suit ready to wear
(0.70625 hours).  Under these assumptions, the minimum opportunity cost of
time associated with self-service dry cleaning is $3.00.

      Commercial dry cleaning services, as well as the services offered by
plant-operated facilities in the coin-operated sector, are a perfect
substitute for the services offered by self-service coin-operated facilities.
In other words, if the consumer's full cost of producing clean clothing using
self-service cleaning rises above the full cost of producing clean clothing
using the services of a commercial cleaner, then the consumer will use the
services of the commercial cleaner.  Presumably no consumer is willing to pay
more than $3.34 per kilogram—the commercial dry cleaning price ($6.34) less
the minimum opportunity cost of time ($3.00)—for self-service dry cleaning.
This is the choke price or the price above which quantity of self-service dry
cleaning demanded falls to zero.

      Figure 4-1 shows the demand curve implied by the choke price and the
market price and quantity.  This interpretation of the demand curve assumes
that demand is linear.  This choke price combined with the market price and
quantity for self-service dry cleaning can be used to compute demand
elasticity in the following manner:

                                 *»  -  ^* Q                             <4'6'

where r\ is the absolute value of demand elasticity,  Q is the market quantity,
and P is the market price.  Because demand is downward sloping,  elasticity is
negative.   At the. market price of $1.65 per kilogram,  market quantity of
577,239 kilograms,  and a choke price of $3.34,  demand elasticity is -0.9476.

      Because consumers have a perfect substitute for self-service dry
cleaning,  even small increases in price are likely to result in large quantity
reductions.   In other words,  the existence of a perfect substitute implies
                                     4-16

-------
                  $/Q
                Choke
                Price
                                                          Q/Time
                Figure 4-1. Demand for Self-Service Dry Cleaning
 that the demand for self-service dry cleaning is likely to be more elastic
 than the demand for commercial or coin-operated (plant-operated)  services.
 The estimate computed above, however,  implies that the demand for self-service
 dry cleaning is slightly less elastic  than the demand for commercial dry
 cleaning.   The reason for the counterintuitive result may lie in  the
 assumptions used to compute the demand elasticity.

      First,  the demand for self-service  dry  cleaning is  assumed  to  be  linear.
 To  the extent that  this assumption does not specify the demand curve, the
 elasticity  estimate may also be miscalculated.   In'addition,  the minimum
 opportunity cost of time may be underestimated.  A  higher opportunity cost of
 time would  yield a  lower choke  price and a higher elasticity estimate (in
 absolute value).  Because of  these limitations, the demand and supply
elasticity estimates computed for the commercial sector are used to compute
impacts  for self-service coin-operated facilities.
                                     4-17

-------
      Data are not available on the number of facilities in this sector
operating in markets where unaffected facilities dominate or vice versa.
Therefore it is assumed that each market area has the same distribution of
affected and unaffected facilities.  Virtually all self-service dry cleaning
and more than half of the plant-operated facilities in the coin-operated
sector are uncontrolled.  Therefore, the marginal cost of providing coin-
operated dry cleaning services is likely to increase resulting in price and
output adjustments for this sector.

      The magnitude of the price and output adjustments in the coin-operated
sector is limited by the adjustments in the commercial sector.  These
adjustments are computed separately for self-service and plant-operated
facilities because of the difference in the type of service offered and the
base price charged by these facilities.  Plant-operated facilities are limited
in the price increase that may be passed along to consumers because these
facilities operate in markets dominated by commercial facilities.  Price
effects at self-service facilities are also limited by the projected price
adjustments in the commercial sector.  The post-regulatory price at self-
service facilities may not exceed the choke price based on the post-regulatory
price charged by commercial facilities.  The post-regulatory choke price is
the post-regulatory commercial price less the estimated minimum opportunity
cost of time ($3.00) computed above.

4.2.3  Market Structure in the Industrial Sector
      Industrial facilities also operate in perfectly competitive markets.
However, no price and output adjustments are likely to occur in this sector
for several reasons.  First, water and detergent are near-perfect substitutes
for PCE because virtually all of the garments dry cleaned by industrial
facilities are water-washable.  Because consumers do not dictate the cleaning
method used, facilities facing a regulatory cost with continued PCE usage
would likely substitute water washing for dry cleaning assuming sufficient
capacity is available.  Second, industrial cleaners do not charge different
prices for garments cleaned in water and detergent and garments cleaned in PCE
(Coor and Grady, 1991); also, over 92 percent of the output from industrial
facilities is from regular laundry operations.  This second factor is evidence
that the cost of producing the marginal unit of output in the market area is

                                     4-18

-------
  not likely to increase under any of the  alternatives considered  for  proposal.
  For these reasons, producers would not be able to pass along any regulatory
  cost in the form of a price increase.

  4.3   MODEL MARKETS

        To facilitate computing impacts of the regulatory alternatives, actual
  dry cleaning facilities have been allocated among model markets.   The
  methodology used to develop the model markets is discussed below.

  4.3.1   Commercial  Ser>.r>r  Market s

        Six model  markets represent  the  commercial sector and are differentiated
  by
        •  rural  and  urban areas,
        •  the proportion of affected and unaffected facilities •,
        •  the income  distribution of  facilities  represented,  and
        •  the behavioral response to  a cost increase.

       Data from American Business Information  (ABI)  (1991) compiled from
 telephone yellow pages provided the location of commercial dry cleaning
 establishments in the United States.  Population data from the 1988 rit-y .nH
 County PaM  pppv   (U.S.  Department of Commerce, 1988) were merged with the
 establishment  data  from ABI to determine the portion of facilities in rural
 and urban areas .1 Additional data on the extent of current state regulations,
 the percentage  of facilities that use PCE in the dry cleaning process, and the
 share of PCE facilities  that have machines with baseline vent controls were
 used to allocate  facilities to each model market (Radian,  1991c;  Safety-Kleen,
 1986; Radian, 1991c) .                                                         '

      Table 4-4 reports the total number of  facilities and the number  of
 facilities potentially affected  and  unaffected by  the regulation in each model
market of the commercial sector.  An estimated 3,149  facilities  (10.32 percent
of all commercial facilities) are located  in rural areas.  Rural markets are
represented by Model Markets A and B.   It  is assumed  that  all facilities in
that- 
-------
these model  markets are small  establishments that  receive  $25,000  or less  in

annual revenue.  In addition,  it is assumed that these small rural areas have

only one facility providing commercial dry cleaning services for the entire

market area.   Market A represents those  areas with a single  facility that  is

unaffected under the alternatives considered for proposal.   No economic

impacts are  estimated  for markets represented by Market A.   Market B

represents those areas with a  single facility that is potentially  affected



          TABLE  4-4.   PROFILE  OF MODEL MARKETS  IN THE COMMERCIAL  SECTOR
Market
Model
A
B
C .
D
E
F
Total
Market
Description3
Rural
Rural
Urban/
Suburban
Urban/
Suburban
Urban/
Suburban
Urban/
Suburban

Proportion of
Affected and
Unaffected
Facilities
Unaffected
Only
Affected Only
Unaffected
Only
Unaffected
Dominate
Affected and
Unaffected
Evenly
Distributed
Affected
Dominate

Total
Number
Facilities15
1,543
1,606
1,157
10,432
8,073
7,683
30,494
Number of
Potentially
Affected
Facilities0
0
1,606
0
287
4,038
4,298
10,229
Number of
Unaffected
Facilities6
1,543
. ' 0
• 1,157
10,145
4,035
3,385
20,265
aRural markets are defined as locales with population of  2,500 or less that are not part of a
  metropolitan statistical area.  For this analysis,  rural markets have only one facility per
  market area.
facilities are distributed to Model Markets  based on the share of facilities located in
  urban and rural areas (ABI,  1991), the share of facilities that use  PCE in the dry cleaning
  process (Safety-Kleen, 1986), and existing  state regulations (Radian, 1991b).
cPotentially affected facilities  are defined  here as those that use PCE in the cleaning
  process and do not have vent  controls in place (Radian, 1991c).  The total is  equivalent to
  the number of potentially affected facilities under Regulatory Alternatives I  and II.  Note
  that PCE facilities with baseline vent controls that do not meet the requirements of
  Alternative III are not included in the estimate of potentially affected facilities
  reported in this table.
dUnaffected facilities either do  not use PCE  in the cleaning process or have baseline vent
  controls.
                                         4-20

-------
   under the candidate alternatives.  These facilities may incur costs because of
   the regulation.  However,  as discussed in Section 4.2.2,  no price increase is
   projected because facilities in this type of market practice limit pricing to
   deter new entry.

         The share of facilities  assigned to Markets A and B is estimated using
   data  on the  share of  small  facilities  with baseline vent  controls  (Radian,
   19910 and data on the  share of  facilities that use PCE (Safety-Kleen,  1986)
   Of the 3,149 facilities in  rural market areas, approximately 49 percent or
   1,543 either have  baseline  vent controls  or do not  use  PCE.   These facilities
   are assigned to Market A.   The remaining  1,606 facilities are assigned to
  Market B.

        Urban/suburban commercial markets are represented by Model Markets C
  through F.  These  model markets are characterized as having more than one
  facility in each market area.   Facilities of  every income  level  operate in
  market areas  represented by  these urban/suburban  model markets.   Market C
  represents those urban/suburban markets where no  commercial  dry  cleaning
  facilities are  affected  under the  alternatives considered  for proposal
  Market D describes those areas  where  the unaffected facilities dominate
  Potentially affected and unaffected facilities represented in Market E are
  roughly equivalent  in number, and in Market F  potentially  affected facilities
 dominate.

       Approximately 38 percent of all commercial dry cleaning  facilities or
 about 11,589 facilities are located in states  with stringent PCE  requirements.
 Markets C and D are used to characterize the market for commercial dry
 cleaning services in these states.   The number of  facilities  in markets
 represented by Market C is  assumed to  be one tenth of the facilities in  states
 wxth  strict PCE  emissions standards  or about 1,157.  The remaining facilities
 located in  states with  strict PCE  emission  standards (10,432)  are  assigned to
 Market D.   Price and quantity adjustments are  assumed to  be zero  in  these two
 model markets where  unaffected facilities dominate.

      Those  facilities located in states  that regulate only very large
facilities are assigned to Market E.  Market E  represents 8,073 facilities or
about 26 percent of  all commercial establishments.   Locales with no state
                                     4-21

-------
regulations requiring vent controls for commercial facilities are allocated to
Market F.  In these two markets, some portion of the regulatory cost would be
passed on to consumers in the form of a price increase.  The price increases
projected for Markets E and F are computed using the average cost increase per
unit of output  (kilograms of clothes cleaned) for the model facilities in the
market area.

      Facilities in each model plant category operating at each income level
are allocated proportionally to each model market described above based on the
total number of potentially affected and unaffected facilities assigned to
each market.  For example, Market A represents 1,543 facilities with annual
receipts below $25,000.  A total of 8,026 commercial facilities have annual
receipts below $25,000.  Therefore 1,543 out of 8,026 or 19 percent of the
facilities receiving less than $25,.000 in each model plant category are
allocated to Market A.  Facilities are allocated to Markets B through F in a
similar manner.  Using the model plants to represent average facilities in
each market simplifies the analysis of impacts.  Any shift in the model plant
supply curve is augmented by the number of facilities in the market to
determine the market supply curve shift.

4.3.2  Cpin—operated Sector Markets
      One model market represents all facilities in the coin-operated sector.
Essentially two kinds of coin-cperated plants are represented in the model
market:  self-service and plant-operated.  The distribution between the two
kinds of plants was based on actual plant information  (Radian, 1991c) .  Seven
percent of the facilities (or 213) are self service, and the remaining 93
percent (2,831) are plant-operated.

      In the coin-operated market, the price and output adjustments computed
for the regulatory alternatives are based on the average cost increase per
unit of output measured in kilograms of clothing cleaned.  The price
adjustment in this sector is limited by the maximum adjustment computed for
the commercial sector as discussed in Section 4-.2.1.  The highest price
adjustments for the commercial sector are projected in commercial Market F
where potentially affected facilities dominate.  Consequently, projected price
                                     4-22

-------
and output adjustments computed for Market F define the maximum adjustments
for coin-operated facilities.

4.3.3  'Industrial Sector Markka

      One model market is used to compute impacts in the industrial sector.
As discussed in Section 4.2.3, any regulatory costs are not passed along to
the consumer in the form of price adjustments.   Rather, the entire change in
costs is absorbed by the producers.
                                   4-23

-------

-------
                                     SECTION 5
                FINANCIAL PROFILE OF COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING FIRMS

        The dry cleaning NESHAP will potentially impact business entities that
  own commercial dry cleaning facilities.  Behrens (1985) defines a business
  entity as a legal being that is recognized by law as having the capacity to
  conduct business transactions.  The Census of Service Industries defines a
  firm as a "business organization or entity consisting of one domestic
  establishment or more under common ownership or control," and an establishment
  is in turn defined to be "a single physical location at which business is
  conducted."

        A profile  of the baseline  financial  condition  of  commercial  dry cleaning
  firms  will  facilitate an assessment of  the affordability,  cost,  and  firm
  financial  impacts  of  the dry cleaning NESHAP.  The potential  financial  impacts
  on small businesses are of  particular concern for two reasons.  First,  the dry
  cleaning industry  is  dominated by  small businesses.  Most  firms have  annual
  receipts of less than  $100,000, and many have receipts totaling under $25,000.
  Second, the absolute control equipment costs are constant enough over machines
  of various sizes that  the capital requirements may be disproportionately high
  for small businesses.

 5.1   FIRM FINANCES AND FACILITY ECONOMICS
       A facility,  or establishment, is  a site of land with a plant  and
 equipment that combine inputs  like  materials,  energy, and labor to  produce
 outputs,  like  dry cleaning  services.  Firms are  legal business entities that,
 in  this context,  own one or  more  facilities.   This distinction between
 facilities  and firms is an important one in economic  and financial  impact
 analyses.

      The conventional  theory of the "firm"  is really a theory  of the
 "establishment."  The operator/manager of a  facility-usually directly or
indirectly the owner of a firm-maximizes short-run profit by setting  the rate
of output where marginal cost equals marginal revenue  (price in perfect
competition) as long as marginal revenue at least covers average variable
                                     5-1

-------
cost.  Economic failure describes the situation in which the decision maker
closes the facility if marginal revenue/price is below marginal cost.

      Altman  (1983) draws the distinction between economic failure and
bankruptcy.  Economic failure is the inability of invested capital (facility)
to continually cover its variable costs through revenues.   Altman notes that a
firm can be an economic failure for years as long as it never fails to meet
its legal obligations because of the absence or near absence of enforceable
debt, thus continuing to operate as a firm.  Alternatively, a firm may own
perfectly viable assets in an economic sense but earn insufficient profits to
meet enforceable debts.

      Because viable facilities can be owned by nonviable companies and viable
companies can own nonviable facilities, a regulation that closes a facility
may leave the company that owns it virtually unaffected.  Alternatively, a
regulation that would leave a facility viable after compliance may nonetheless
cause a firm to become bankrupt or force it to sell the facility.  The number
of facilities closed by a regulation may exceed or be less than the number of
firms forced to sell facilities and/or go bankrupt.

5.2   POPULATION OF POTENTIALLY AFFECTED FIRMS
      Facilities subject to regulation under the NESHAP are generally
classified in one of three four-digit Standard Industrial Classifications
(SICs) :  7215 (Coin-operated Iciundries and dry cleaning),  7216  (Dry cleaning
plants, except rug cleaning), and 7218 (Industrial launderers).  Nearly all
industrial laundering facilities  (SIC 7218) are already in compliance with the
regulatory alternatives considered for proposal.  In addition, those
facilities that might be affected have a near-perfect substitute for dry
cleaning—water laundering.  Consequently, the financial impacts on industrial
launderers are likely to be small, so these firms' finances are not
characterized in this report.

      A financial profile of coin-operated dry cleaning firms is also not
presented, but for a very different reason.  The economic impact analysis
indicates that each of the alternatives considered would cause substantial
price impacts and quantity impacts unless EPA exempts small facilities.  EPA
                                      5-2

-------
  will thus probably exempt small coin-operated facilities, effectively
  exempting them all.  Consequently, coin-operated dry cleaning firms will
  experience no financial impacts.

        Effectively, this leaves commercial dry cleaning plants (SIC 7216) as
  the potentially affected population.  A financial impact analysis of this
  industry is important for the following reasons:
        "  Jhe economic impact analysis indicates that a significant number of
          facilities will be affected under each of the regulatory alternative
          unless a size exemption is established;
        •  most commercial dry cleaning firms are single-facility firms,  so an
          affected facility is tantamount to an affected firm;  and
        *  ^ dxy Cleanin9 firms have limited internal and external sources of
          funds because they are small businesses.

 5.3   LEGAL  OWNERSHIP OF COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING FACILITIES
       Business entities that own commercial  dry cleaning  facilities-hereafter
 "dry cleaning firms" or just »firms«-will generally be one of three types  of
 entities:
       •  sole proprietorships,
       • partnerships, and
       • corporations.

 Each type has its own legal and financial characteristics that may have a
 bearing on how firms are affected by the regulatory alternatives  and on how
 the firm-level analysis  of the  NESHAP might be approached.

 5.3.1   Sole Propriet-m-sh-ip
      A sole  proprietorship consists  of  one  individual in  business for  himself
 who contributes all  of the  equity capital, takes all of the risks,  makes  the
 decisions, takes the profits, or absorbs the  losses.   Behrens  (1985) reports
 that sole proprietorships are the most common form of  business.   Gill  (1983)
 reports that approximately  78 percent of businesses are sole proprietorships.
The 1987 Census of Service  Industries reports  that 8,494 of the 18,322 firms
with payroll in this industry, or 46 percent,  are sole proprietorships.   The
1991 population includes another 7,500 dry cleaning facilities are without
                                      5-3

-------
payroll.  Although no evidence is available,  presumably most of these
nonpayroll facilities are small,  are owned by single-facility firms, and are
sole proprietorships.  Assuming that 7,500 nonpayroll,  sole proprietorship
firms exist,  of the 27,332 commercial dry cleaning firms in 1991, 16,694 (61
percent) are proprietorships (see Table 5-1).
      Legally, the individual and the proprietorship are the same entity.
From a legal standpoint, personal and business debt are not distinguishable.
From an accounting standpoint,  however, the firm may have its own financial
statements that reflect only the assets, liabilities, revenues, costs, and
taxes of the firm, aside from those of the individual.
      Particularly relevant to the NESHAP analysis is that when a lender lends
money to a proprietorship, the proprietor's signature obligates him or her
personally and all of his/her assets.  A lender's assessment of the likelihood
of repayment based on the firm and personal financial status of the borrower
is considered legal and sound lending practice because they are legally one-
and-the-same.  The inseparability of the firm and the individual complicates
the assessment of credit availability and terms.  Credit might be available to
a 'financially distressed "firm" if the financial status of the individual is
substantially strong to compensate.  Alternatively, credit might be
unavailable to a financially health "firm" if the financial status of the
individual is sufficiently weak.

5.3.2  Partnerships
      'About 8 percent of U.S. business entities are partnerships  (Gill, 1983).
The 1987 Census of Service Industries reports that 1,666 of the 18,322 firms
with payroll in 1987 in this industry, or 9 percent, are partnerships.   An
estimated 1,803 of all 27,332 dry cleaning firms operating in  1991 are
partnerships  (see Table 5-1).
      A partnership is an association of two or more persons to operate a
business.  In the absence of a specific agreement, partnerships are general-
with each partner having an equal voice in management and an equal  right to
profits, regardless of the amount of capital each contributes.  A partnership
pays no federal income tax.  All tax liabilities are passed through to the
                                      5-4

-------
  TABLE 5-1.
LEGAL FORM  OF  ORGANIZATION OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS—NUMBER AND
PERCENT
                                         Legal Organization
Total
18,
27,
Firms
322a
332b
Proprietorships
8,494
16,694
ssasssssssssss
(46.4%)
(61.1%)
=====
Partnerships
1,666
1,803
(9.1%)
(6.6%)
Corporations
8,147
8,818
(44
(32
«-
.5%)
.3%)
" " •• -
Other
15
17
(0.
«o
1%)
.1%)
  aPayroll firms only 1987.
  "1991 estimate; Payroll and non-payroll firms assuming payroll firms "added" since 1987 are
   distributed as 1987 payroll firms, and non-payroll firms are all proprietorships.  There
   are an estimated 7,500 nonpayroll firms (Radian,  1991a).
  ST^ 1?Q8«-7CrSUS °f,Service Industries,  Subject Series (U.S. Department of Commerce,
   1990b); 1987 Census of Service Industries, Nonemployer Statistics (U.S. Department of
   Commerce,  1990a).
 individuals and are reflected  on  individual tax returns.   Particularly germane
 is that  each partner is fully  liable for all debts and  obligations of the
 partnership (Behrens,  1985).   Thus,  many of the qualifications  and
 complications present in analyses of proprietorships  (e.g.,  capital
 availability)  are present—in  some sense magnified—in  analyses  of
 partnerships.

 5.3.3  Corporations•

       Even though only 14 percent of U.S. businesses are corporations,  they
 produce approximately  87 percent of all  business  revenues  (Gill, 1983) .  The
 1987  Census of Service Industries reports that  8,147 of the 18,322  firms  with
 payroll in this industry,  or 44 percent, are corporations.   Including the
 7,500 nonpayroll proprietorships,  32  percent of all  dry cleaning firms
 operating in 1991  are  corporations (see  Table 5-1).

       Unlike proprietorships and partnerships, a corporation is  a legal entity
 separate  and apart from  its  owners or founders.  Financial  gains from profits
 and financial losses are borne  by  owners in proportion to their  investment  in
 the corporation.   Analysis of credit  availability to a corporation must
 recognize  at  least two features  of corporations.  First, they have the legal
ability to raise  needed funds by issuing new stock.  Second,  institutional
                                       5-5

-------
lenders (e.g., banks) to corporations assess credit worthiness solely on the
basis of the financial health of the corporation—not its owners.  A
qualification of note is that lenders can require (as a loan condition) owners
to agree to separate contracts obligating them personally to repay loans.

5.4   DISTRIBUTION OF COMPANIES BY RECEIPTS SIZE
      The U.S. has an estimated 27,332 commercial dry cleaning firms in 1991.
An estimated 19,832  (73 percent) of these are firms with payroll; the balance
(7,500 or 27 percent) includes firms without payroll.  Estimating the
distribution of dry cleaning firms by receipts size assumes that all seasonal,
with-payroll firms have under $25,000 receipts and that 5,625 and 1,875
nonpayroll establishments are owned by as many nonpayroll firms with under
$25,000 receipts and $25,000-$50,000 receipts, respectively (Radian, 1990c).

      These estimates are presented in Table 5-2.  Approximately three-fifths
of all commercial dry cleaning firms have annual receipts of $100,000 or less.
Almost one-quarter of the total have annual receipts below $25,000  (assuming
all seasonal and most nonpayroll firms are included in this category).  Only
about 2 percent of all dry cleaning firms have annual receipts over $1
million.

      Industry concentration is a good summary indicator of firm size
distribution  (see Table 5-3).  The fifty largest commercial dry cleaning
companies earn only about 9 percent of total industry receipts.  This "fifty
firm concentration ratio" is much lower than those for linen supply  (63.1%),
coin-operated laundries  (30.5%), power laundries (28.5%), or industrial
launderers  (67.3%).

      Firm size is likely to te a factor in the distribution of financial
impacts of the NESHAP on dry cleaning firms.  Dry cleaning firms differ in
size for one or both of the following reasons:
      • First, dry cleaning  facilities vary widely by receipts  (see
        Section 9.1  and Table 9-27).  All else being equal, firms with  large
        facilities are larger than  firms with small  facilities.
      • Second, dry  cleaning firms  vary in the number of facilities they  own.
        All else being equal, firms with more facilities are  larger than
        those with fewer facilities  (see Section 5.5).
                                      5-6

-------
                   TABLE 5-2.  RECEIPTS OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS
Receipts Range
($000)
<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
subtotal
100-250
250-500
500-1,000
1,000-2,500
2,500-5,000
>5,000
subtotal
Total
===========
No. of Firms3
6,690
4,187
2,581
2,581
16,039
6,823
2,870
1,122
389
60
29
11,293
27,332
aaaaagss
Receipts per
Firm
17,736
40,545
67,021
93,829
-
171,219
366,915
722,394
1,504,998
3,640,043
10,973,635
-
T
No. of
Establishments
6,690
4,187
2,581
2,581
16,039
7,032
3,382
1,836
1,130
424
651
14,455
30,494
======
Receipts per
Establishment
17,736
40,545
67,021
93,829
—
166,130
311,368
441,463
518,092
515,100
488,841
—

  !! Estif"fte;
well as those that
                         and Non-Payroll Firms (includes plants that use PCE as
                     use  other solvents.).   Nonpayroll  firms include 5625

                                   and 1875  with  25'°°°  to  5o'oo°  i
                         VJ5?" industries, Subject Series (U.S. Department of
           TABLE 5-3.  CONCENTRATION BY LARGEST DRY CLEANING FIRMS
                                            Percent of Industry Receipts8
            4 Largest Firms




            8 Largest Firms




           20 Largest Firms




           50 Largest Firms
aPayroll firms only, 1987.
                                                      2.4%




                                                      3.6%




                                                      5.8%




                                                      9.1%
                             IndUStries'  Sub'ect Series
                                                                Department of
                                      5-7

-------
5.5   DISTRIBUTION OF COMPANIES BY NUMBER OF FACILITIES
      The financial impacts of the NESHAP on two firms of equal size might
depend significantly on their facility composition because substantial control
economies of scale exist.  The costs of controlling larger machines are not
proportionately higher than the costs of controlling smaller ones.  Also, the
effective impacts on more fully utilized dry cleaning machines are smaller
than on under-utilized dry cleaning machines.  Because machine size and
utilization underlie facility receipts, facility impacts will be greater for
smaller than for larger facilities.

      Control economies are facility-related rather than firm-related.
Hypothetically, a firm with ten uncontrolled facilities of a given size may
face approximately twice the control capital requirements of a firm with five
uncontrolled facilities of the same size.  Alternatively, two firms with the
same number of facilities facing approximately the same control capital costs
may be financially affected very differently if the facilities of one are
larger than those of another.

      An estimated 27,332 firms own 30,494 commercial dry cleaning
establishments in 1991:  an average of 1.12 facilities per firm.  An estimated
95 percent of all commercial dry cleaning firms own a single facility.
Table 5-4 reports the distribution of firms by number of dry-cleaning
establishments owned,  assuming that all 7,500 nonpayroll establishments
(Radian,  1991a) are owned by single-facility firms.  Even in the $500K to $1M
firm receipts range,  the average number of facilities per firm is below two.
At the other extreme,  29 firms own about 22 facilities each.

      The implication of this distribution are as follows.  Up to a point,
firm receipts grow because machine sizes increase and/or machine capacity
utilization increases.  Note that $75K-$100K firms have an average $93,829 of
receipts accruing to their single facility, while <$25K firms have an average
only $17,736 accruing to their single facility (Table 5-2).   Since capital
costs of control devices are similar for machines of all sizes and utilization
rates, capital requirement impacts fall fairly proportionately as firm size
increases—up to a point (see Section 7).  After some point, receipts per
                                      5-8

-------
   TABLE 5-4.
                 NUMBER OF COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING FACILITIES PER FIRM BY
                 INCOME CATEGORY
          Receipts  Range  ($000)
                                                   Facilities Per Firm
                  <25
                25-50
                50-75
                75-100
               100-250
               250-500
               500-1,000
             1,000-2,500
             2,500-5,000
                  >5,000
                            lndUStries'
              1.00
              1.00
              1.00
              1.00
              1.03
              1.18
              1.64
              2.90
              7.07
             22.45
            =====
Series (U.S. Department of Conroerce,
 establishment  stabilize  at  about  $500,000  (see Table 5-2)  and firms  grow only
 by adding more facilities  (see Table  5-3).   Control  economies of  scale
 essentially cease to exist  for firms  larger  than  $1  million.
 5.6
       VERTICAL INTEGRATION AND DIVERSIFICATION
       Vertical integration is a potentially important dimension in firm-level
 impacts analysis because a vertically integrated firm could be indirectly as
 well as directly affected by the NESHAP.  For example, if a dry cleaning firm
 is  vertically integrated in the manufacture and/or distribution of
 perchloroethylene (PCE),  it could be indirectly and adversely affected by the
 NESHAP  if demand for PCE  diminishes  after the regulation.

      Ignoring  for now that some  dry cleaning facing, also engage  in
 operations other  than dry cleaning,  a dry cleaning JLirm is  considered
vertically integrated if  it also  owns facilities that  sell  goods or services
used as inputs by the dry cleaning industry and/or  facilities  that purchase
                                      5-9

-------
dry cleaning services as inputs.  Forwarc integration is unlikely because
nearly all dry cleaning services are provided to individuals, not firms.
Backward integration is unlikely because the main inputs in the dry cleaning
industry are a building, dry cleaning macninery, energy, and PCE, all
dissimilar to dry cleaning services.

      Intra-firm diversification, sometii^as referred to as horizontal
integration, is a potentially important dimension in firm-level impact
analysis for either or both of two reasor.s.
      • First, a diversified firm could ta indirectly as well as directly
        affected by the NESHAP.  For exanple, if a dry cleaning firm is
        diversified in the manufacture of emissions control equipment  (an
        unlikely scenario), it could be indirectly and favorably affected by
        the NESHAP.
      • Secondly, a diversified dry cleaning firm may own facilities in
        unaffected industries like carpet cleaning, linen supply, power
        laundering, or shoe repair—a more realistic situation.  This type of
        diversification would help mitigeze the' financial impacts of the
        NESHAP.

      Intra-facility diversification is also a relevant consideration because
dry cleaning facilities commonly engage in activities other than dry cleaning.
Many dry cleaning facilities do alterations work,  repair shoes,  clean
draperies,  store garments, and sell other goods and services.  This is another
type of diversification that could mitigate the impact, of the dry cleaning
NESHAP on certain dry cleaning firms.  Indeed,  the prominence and magnitude of
intra-facility diversification in the industrial dry cleaning industry is
partly the reason for not including those firms at all in this financial
impacts analysis.

5.7   FINANCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF FIRMS IN REGULATED INDUSTRY(IES}
      This section characterizes the financial condition of commercial dry
cleaning firms.  Clark (1989)  investigated.the suitability of available small
business financial data bases for EPA's use in its economic analyses.  He
concludes that two main financial data bases are appropriate:  Internal
Revenue Service  (IRS)  data and Dun and Bradstreet  (D&B) data.  Although each
of the data bases has its comparative merits, the Dun and Bradstreet data are
better for characterizing the finances of dry cleaning firms.  The D&B data
                                     5-10

-------
  are more recent than the IRS data, are available for the dry cleaning
  industry, and are probably based on a larger  (though nonrandom) sample than
  the IRS data.  The financial condition of dry cleaning firms can be
  characterized using Dun and Bradstreet•a 1989-1990 Industry Morm* anrt goy
  Business Ratios (Duns Analytical Services, 1990).

        The D4B data base contains 991 commercial dry cleaning establishments.
  Clark (1989)  notes that the financial information  provided to D4B is supplied
  by the businesses  to  obtain favorable credit ratings;  therefore,  the
  businesses  have  an incentive  to make their net worth  and income look as  good
  as possible.   Companies that  are'not  doing well financially have  an incentive
  to keep  their financial information out of  D&B's data base.   Thus  the
  financial data reported therein are based on a  possibly  nonrepresentative
  sample of firms.

        Industry Norms and K^-y Buffing Pnfjp* unfortunately does not
  characterize  the finances of firms  by firm size.  Consequently, informal
  assumptions are necessary to estimate the number of firms in each of  the seven
  receipts ranges in below-average, average, and above-average financial
  condition.  Two alternative assumptions are employed in this analysis.

       One assumption (financial scenario  I)  reflects the high probability that
 firms in below-average financial condition are disproportionately small since
 the capacity utilization of their machines is so low.   Dry cleaning machine
 capacity  utilization at  facilities with annual receipts  under 525,000 is  only
 about 7 percent,  and that of facilities with annual  receipts of  $25,000 to
 $50,000 is only about  15 percent.   Capacity  utilization  approaches  80 percent
 only when  facility  receipts  approach $100,000.

      Table 5-5 presents estimated numbers of firms by size  and  baseline
 financial condition assuming a positive relationship between the two.  The
 result is that all 6,834  firms in below-average financial condition have
 annual receipts below $50,000, that  all 13,664 firms in average  financial
condition have annual receipts between $25,000 and $250,000, and that  all
6,834 firms in above-average financial condition have annual receipts  above
$100,000.
                                     5-11

-------
 TABLE  5-5.     NUMBER OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS,  BY SIZE AND BASELINE FINANCIAL
               CONDITION
Receipts Range
($000)
<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
100-250
250-500
>500
Total
Total
6,690
4,187
2,581
2,581
6,823
2,870
1,600
27,332
Baseline
Below Average
6,690
144
0
0
0
0
0
6,834
Financial
Average
0
4,043
2,581
2,581
4,459
0
0
13,664
Condition
Above Average
0
0
0
0
2,364
2,870
1,600
6,834
Source: Table 5-2 and Duns Analytical Services  (1990), Financial Scenario I.

      Table 5-6 uses the D&B data to characterize the population and shows the
number of dry cleaning firms in each of seven receipts categories and each of
three financial conditions under an alternative assumption that there is no
relationship between firm size and financial condition (financial
scenario II).  Fifty percent of all firms are, regardless of size, allotted in
the "average financial condition" grouping, and 25 percent of all firms in
each of the "below-average" and "above-average" financial condition groupings.

      Dun and Bradstreet data are employed to derive financial profiles of dry
cleaning firms in below-average, average, and above-average financial
conditions.  Income statements and balance statements are the two basic
financial reports kept by firms.  The former reports the results of a firm's
operation during a period of time—usually one year, in practice.  The latter
is a statement of the financial condition of the firm at a point in time—
usually December 31 or the last day of the firm's fiscal year.
                                     5-12

-------
   TABLE 5-6.
                                           Baseline Financial  Condition '
Receipts Range
($000)
'<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
100-250
250-500
>500
Total
========

Total'
6,690
4,187
2,581
2,581
6,823
• 2,870
1,600
27,332
..

Below Average
1,673
1,047
645
645
1,706
718
400
6,834
	 	

Average
3,344
2,093
1,291
1,291
3, 411
1,434
800
13,664

Above Average
1,673
1,047-
645
645
1,706
718
400
6,834
  Source:  Table 5-2 and Duns Analytical  Services (1990),  Financial  Scenario  II.

        The  income  statements and balance  sheets of  dry cleaning  firms of
 different  sizes and  financial conditions are presented  in Appendix A
  (Tables A-l through  A-3,.   The five sales categories  are largely selected for
 cut-off analysis purposes. ' All other lines ln  the two  statements derive
 directly or indirectly, from "sales" relationships given in D&B.  Several
 examples will clarify how the statements are derived.

       An estimated 11,293 dry cleaning firms have receipts over $100,000   The
 estimated average  receipts for these firms  total $367,510,  which is reported
 as  "sales"  in  the  income statement.   D&B reports that the average  dry  cleaning
 firm in the data base has a net profit  of 7  percent of sales.   This ratio
 multiplied  by  the  sales estimate of  $367,510 yields the  estimated  "net  profit"
 of  $25,725  in  the  income statement.  The  three  other  lines in  the  income
 statement are  analogously  derived by applying D&B ratios multiplied by  sales.

      Balance  sheet items  are derived in an  analogous  manner.  D&B reports
that the average dry  cleaning firm in the data base has  afaout  $48Q Qf ^^
assets for every $1,000 dollars of sales.  This  ratio multiplied by the sales
                                     5-13

-------
 estimate of $367,510 yields estimated total assets of $177,257.   D&B reports
 that the average dry cleaning firm has about $369 of current assets, $373 of
 fixed assets,  and $258 of other noncurrent assets per $1,000 of  total assets.
 These ratios multiplied by the total assets estimate yield the estimates
 presented for those variables in the tables  In the liabilities  section of the
 balance sheet, "total liabilities and net worth" must equal "total assets,"
 and the component-parts are computed using D&B ratios multiplied by the total.

       To project the potential financial impacts of the NESHAP on firms of
 different sizes in below-average financial condition,  baseline financial
 profiles of representative less healthy firms  are required.   Unfortunately,
 Dun and Bradstreet does not rank businesses in a particular industry in their
 data base from "most healthy" to "least healthy" and then  report  the financial
 ratios of the  firm that falls in the lower quartile of that  distribution.
 Instead,  D&B calculates each ratio  of interest (e.g.,  current  assets/current
 liabilities) for the 991 firms and  then ranks  these ratios  from  "best"  to
 "worst."   D&B  then reports the lower quartile  for each of these  ratios
 individually.   Consequently,  constructing the  financial statement  of the lower
 quartile  firm  is not possible.

       Constructing pro  forma  financial  statements of a firm  that yield
 financial  ratios closely resembling  the D&B lower quartile ratios  is possible.
 Appendix A presents  the income  statements  and  balance  sheets of dry  cleaning
 firms  in below-average  financial  condition.  D&B reports that the  lower
 quartile profit-to-sales  ratio  of commercial dry cleaning firms in its data
 base is about  one percent,  which  is  consistent with the  income statement
 entries.   Other  lower-quartile  ratios reported by D&B  and employed in the
 construction of  these pro  forma statements  include assets-to-sales of
 approximately  70 percent,  fixed assets-to-net  worth of  approximately 155
 percent, and a return on net worth of approximately 3.5 percent.

      To project the potential  financial impacts  of the NESHAP on firms of
 different sizes  in above-average financial  condition, baseline financial
profiles of representative healthy firms are required.  For  reasons  described
above, constructing the financial statements of the upper-quzirtile firm is not
possible.  Again, constructing pro forma financial statements of a firm that
yield financial ratios closely resembling the D&B  upper-quartile ratio is
                                     5-14

-------
   possible.   Appendix A presents the income statements and balance sheets of dry
   cleaning firms in the same size categories,  all in above-average financial
   condition.

   5.8    KEY BUSINESS RATIOS  OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS
         Financial  ratio analysis is a  widely accepted way  of  summarizing the
   financial condition of a firm.   Financial ratios  include four  fundamental
   types:
         •  indicators of liquidity,
                                                  f
         •  activity,
         •  leverage,  and
         •  profitability.

  The baseline financial status of dry cleaning firms is characterized below by
  means of financial ratio analysis.

        Liquidity indicates the 'ability of the  firm to meet its near-term
  financial obligations as  they come due.   A common measure of liquidity is the
  current ratio,  which divides the firm's  current  assets by its current
  liabilities.  Current assets include  cash, accounts receivable, inventories,
  or other assets that represent or can be converted to cash within one year.
  Current liabilities are essentially bills that must be paid  within the year
  (including current  maturities of long-term debt).   Higher ratios  are  generally
  more desirable  than lower ratios,  because they indicate greater liquidity or
  solvency.

       Activity indicates how  effectively  the firm is using its  resources.   The
 ratio of firm sales to fixed  assets (plant and equipment), the  fixed asset
 turnover ratio,  measures how well the firm uses its capital equipment to
 generate sales.   Higher ratios are generally more desirable than lower ratios.

       Leverage indicates the degree to which the  firm's assets have been
'supplied by,  and hence are owned by, creditors  versus owners.  Leverage should
 be in  an acceptable  range  indicating that the  firm is using enough debt
 financing to take  advantage  of the lower  cost of  debt,  but not so  much that
                                     5-15

-------
 current  or potential  creditors  are  uneasy  about the  ability  of  the firm to
 repay  its debt.  The  debt  ratio is  a  common measure  of  leverage that  divides
 all  debt, long and short term,  by total assets.

       Profitability measures the return, usually as  net  income  after  all
 costs, debt repayment, and taxes, to  the firm over some  time period,  usually
 one  year.  Profitability is most commonly, though perhaps not most relevantly,
 expressed as a return to sales.  Because net worth is a  measure of the  value
 of the firm to its owners, profitability-to-net worth is a measure of the
 annual return to owners expressed as  a percent.

      Financial ratio indicators of liquidity, activity, leverage,  and
 profitability among dry cleaning firms in below-average, average,  and above-
 average  financial health are presented in Table 5-7.  Clearly,  as  financial
 status improves,  firms become more  liquid.  Note particularly that below-
 average  firms are only marginally able, at best, to meet current obligations
 with their cash and other  current assets.

      Also as expected, firms in better financial health generate  more  sales
 with their plant and equipment.  In the context of the dry cleaning industry,
 this condition may indicate that firms with higher machine capacity
 utilization are more financially sound than those with lower machine  capacity
 utilization.   Sales per dollar  of fixed assets are more than twice as high
 among firms in average financial condition than among those in  below-average
 financial condition.   This lends support to financial scenario  I of a positive
 relationship between firm  size  and financial health,  that in turn  underlies
the estimates presented in Table 5-5.

      Leverage analysis of dry  cleaning firms in the three different  financial
 states is more difficult than liquidity,  activity,  or profitability analysis.
The "mean firm" in the D&B data base is about 46 percent debt financed  (and 54
percent equity financed).   As explained above,  less debt is not necessarily
 "better" because  a firm using too little debt is not minimizing  its cost of
capital.  .From a  creditor's point of view though,  less debt is  probably  better
than more debt,  on balance.  D&B reports are creditor-oriented,  which probably
explains why in D&B's judgment  a low debt ratio is desirable.   Because  a main
                                     5-16

-------
           TABLE 5-7.  BASELINE FINANCIAL RATIOS OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS
                                               Financial Condition
                                 Below Average
Average
Above Average
    Liquidity
          Current ratio  (times)        0.80
    Activity
           Fixed asset turnover        2.30
                  ratio  (times)
    Leverage
           Debt ratio (percent)      60.00
   Profitability
      profit  to sales (percent)       1.00
    profit to assets (percent)       1.40
        profit to NW (percent)       3.60
        ' '    =^=aa=g=s=aa5asB3=
 Source: Duns Analytical Services, 1990.
  1.73
  5.56
45.90


 7.00
14.50
26.80
                  5.10
                  7.54
    15.00


    13.00
    32.50
    38.20
 objective of this analysis is to evaluate a dry cleaning firm's ability to
 obtain and its cost of obtaining credit to purchase control equipment, this
 interpretation is satisfactory.

       Profitability analysis is useful because it helps evaluate both the
 incentive and the ability of dry cleaning firms to incur equipment and
 operating costs required for compliance.!   More profitable  firms have more
 incentive than less  profitable firms to comply because the  annual returns to
 doing business are greater.   In the  extreme,  a single-facility firm earning
 zero profit  (price equals average variable  cost)  has no incenti™ to comply
 with a regulation imposing any positive cost  unless  it can  pass along the
^  ™~   Cleanin9 firms that are either unwilling or unable to comply with
the NESHAP must sell the facility, switch solvents, or discontinue  tSeir  dry
cleaning operations at the noncompliant facility.
                                     5-17

-------
entire cost  of  the  regulation to its customers.  This same firm is also  less
able to comply  because  it  is less able to obtain a  loan.

     . The  relationship  between profitability and firm health is clearly
demonstrated in Table 5-7.  One-quarter of the dry  cleaning firms in D&B's.
data base  are only  marginally profitable by all three measures.  If some or
all of. the estimated 6,690 commercial, dry'cleaning  firms with annual receipts
under $25,000 are among the lower quartile in profitability, they are
generating annual profits  of only several hundred dollars.  Average dry
cleaning firms  are  seven times more profitable  (related to sales)  than below-
average firms,  and  above-average firms are about twice as profitable as
average firms.

      These  financial ratios suggest that the NESHAP requirements may have a
disproportionate impact on small firms and firms in below-average financial
health.  -The financial  ratios of below-average firms are sometimes
substantially worse than those of average firms.  These baseline ratios will
be used as a basis  of comparison in Section 7 when the potential financial
impacts, of the  NESHAP on dry cleaning firms are considered,

5.9   AVAILABILITY AND  COSTS OF CAPITAL
      Without exception, affected dry cleaning facilities would have to
purchase control equipment to meet the regulatory alternatives or discontinue
dry cleaning operations ("closure").   In addition,  many affected facilities
would incur  recurring operating and maintenance costs that exceed their
solvent recovery credits.   The availability and costs of capital to dry
cleaning firms  of different sizes,  types,  and financial conditions will
influence the financial impacts of the dry cleaning NESHAP.

      Hastsopoulos  (1991)  clearly states that in making investments, companies
use two sources of funds:   equity and debt.  Each source differs in its
exposure to  risk,  in its taxation,  and its cost.  Equity financing involves
obtaining additional funds from owners:  proprietors, partners, or
shareholders.   Partners and shareholders,  in turn,  can be existing owners or
new owners.  Obtaining new capital from existing owners can be further
dichotomized into internal and external financing.   Using a firm's retained
                                     5-18

-------
   earnings  is  equivalent  to  internal  equity financing.   Obtaining additional
   capital from the proprietor,  one  or more  existing partners,  or  existing
   shareholders constitutes external equity  financing.

        Debt financing involves obtaining additional funds from lenders who are
  not owners; they include buyers of bonds, banks, or other lending
  institutions.  Debt borrowing involves a contractual obligation to repay the
  principal and interest on an agreed-upon schedule.   Failure by the firm to
  meet the obligation can result in legal bankruptcy.

        The  dry cleaning industry is dominated by small firms for whom selling
  stocks and bonds is not  a very realistic option. Steinhoff and Burgess  (1989)
  list a large  number of  sources of  funding for small  businesses,  but most  fit a
  description of  either  debt  or equity reasonably well:
        •  personal funds  and/or retained earnings,
        •  loans from  relatives  and friends,
        •  trade credit,
        •  loans or credit  from  equipment  sellers,
        • mortgage loans,
        • commercial bank  loans,
        • Small Business Administration loans,
       • small business investment  company loans,
       • government sponsored business development companies,
       • partners,
       • venture  capital  funding,  and
       •  miscellaneous sources.

      Using personal  funds and/or retained  earnings,  obtaining loans from
relatives and  friends, obtaining funds from partners, and obtaining  venture
capital funding effectively constitute equity financing because they generally
do not involve a legal contract for repayment.  This type of borrowing is
considered more risky for the lender than for the borrowing firm because in
                                     5-19

-------
the event of bankruptcy, the lenders have claim to the dissolved  assets  of  the
firm only after those of debt lenders.

      Trade credit, loans or credit from equipment sellers, mortgage  loans,
commercial bank loans, Small Business Administration loans, small business
investment company loans, and government-sponsored business development
company loans generally constitute debt financing because they involve
contractual promises to repay the principal and some agreed-to interest.  In
the event of firm bankruptcy, which can be initiated by a lender whose loan
terms are not being honored by the firm, debt lenders are paid out of the
assets of the firm before equity lenders.  Thus, debt borrowing is considered
more risky for the firm's owners than equity borrowing.

      One important difference then between debt and equity financing is its
cost.   The expected or anticipated rate of return required by equity  lenders
is higher than the required rate of return to debt lenders because of the
relative riskiness of equity.  A second important difference between  the two
sources of funds is tax related.  Interest payments on debt are deductible to
the firm as a cost of doing business for state and federal income tax
purposes.  Returns to owners are not tax deductible.   Thus,  borrowing debt has
a distinct tax-related cost advantage.   For two reasons,  then, the cost of
debt is normally lower than the cost of equity.

      In this analysis,  a simplifying assumption is made that dry cleaning
firms  have two possible sources of .capital:  bank loans (debt) and retained
earnings (equity).  The availability and cost of capital is evaluated in that
context.

      A firm's cost of capital is a weighted average of its cost of equity and
after-tax cost of debt:

                         WACC = Wd'd-t)'Kd  +  We'Ke,                     (5.1)

where
      WACC = weighted average cost of capital
      Wd   = weighting factor on debt
                                     5-20

-------
                marginal effective state and federal corporation/individual tax
                IT3tG
        KQ-  .  =  the cost of debt or interest rate
        We    =  weighting factor on equity
        Ke    =  cost (required rate of return)  of equity.

  A real  (inflation-adjusted) cost of capital is desired,  so employing the GNP
  implicit price deflator for the seven year period 1982-1989 adjusts nominal
  rates to real rates.   Using an adjustment factor of 4 percent assumes that the
  inflation premium on real rates for the next seven years is the actual rate of
  inflation averaged over the last seven years (1990 Economic Report of the
  President) .

        Based  on conversations with a business  loan officer  at  a  large
  commercial bank (Bass,  1991),  seven-year prime-plus  variable  interest  rate
  bank  loans for control  equipment  are assumed  to be available  to qualifying
  firms  on the following  cost  terms :
        •  best applicants:   prime plus one-half percent
        •  typical health  applicants:   prime plus  one percent
        • below-average but  still-sound applicants:  prime plus 2 percent

       According to Bass, actual loan terms are negotiated on a case-by-case
 basis, but the guidelines given above are reasonable.  Particularly germane to
 thas  analysis is his insistence that bank loans  are not made to  firms  at any
 £0^  unless expectations are high that they well be repaid  according to the
 terms  of  the  loan.   This is why the risk premium spread from one-half  percent
 to  2 percent  is so  narrow.

       Between 1982  and  1989 the prime rate varied around  a mean  of
 approximately 10.5  percent,  nominal.   Using the  inflation premium discussed
 above,  and assuming that the  nominal  prime rate  will  average about  10.5
percent over  the next seven years, the expected  xsal  prime rate is  about  6.5
percent.  Then following Bass's guidelines for loan risk premium, the
following real bef ore-tax debt costs are computed and employed:
      • best  applicants:  7 percent
      • typical health applicants:  7.5 percent
                                     5-21

-------
      • below-average but still-sound applicants:  8.5 percent

      Because debt interest is deductible for state and federal income tax
purposes, the .cost of debt has to be adjusted downward.  An approximate
effective marginal state and federal tax rate of 38 percent is computed using
data from The Tax Foundation (1991).   Applying this rate to the real costs of
debt computed earlier derives after-tax real debt costs for dry cleaning firms
in three different financial conditions:
      • above-average financial condition:  4.3 percent
      • average financial condition:  4.7 percent
      • below-average financial condition:  5.3 percent

      The cost of equity, Ke, can be estimated by adding an equity risk
premium to a risk-free required rate of return (Jones, 1991) .   Using the 1982-
1989 average return on 10-year federal treasury securities as  the risk-free
rate, and assuming it is applicable for the next seven years,  a nominal risk-
free, rate of 10 percent is obtained.

      Jones  (1991) reports that common practice is to use the  Standard and
Poor 500 long-run average equity risk premium of about 8 percent as a first
basis for computing the cost of equity in conjunction with the risk-free rate.
Thus, the S&P 500 nominal equity yield is about 18 percent, which is an
estimate of the average cost of equity for all publicly traded stocks (Van
Horne,  1980).

      Jones indicates that still another risk premium has to be added for
firms that are more risky than the S&P 500 average, and that dry cleaning
firms probably generally fall in this category.  Even though the assumption is
                                                                     \
necessarily arbitrary, dry cleaning firm equity risk premiums  are employed as
follows:
      • dry  cleaning firms in above-average health:   0 percent
      • dry  cleaning firms in average health:  2 percent
      • dry  cleaning firms in below-average health:   6 percent
                                     5-22

-------
         Adding these dry cleaning firm equity risk premiums and simultaneously
   subtracting inflation premiums result in the following set of real equity
   costs for dry cleaning firms of different financial states:
         •  above-average financial condition:  14 percent
         •  average  financial condition:   16 percent
         •  below-average financial condition:  20 percent

         These estimates  appear  reasonable  in view  of  a  study by  Anderson, Mims
  and Ross  (1987) which  estimated real equity costs of  11 percent,  14 percent,
  and 19 percent for firms with Moody Bond Ratings of AAA  (the highest  rating)',
  BBB, and BB, respectively.

        weighting the debt and equity cost components is difficult for  several
  reasons.   First,  market value weights are more theoretically correct  than book
  value  weights,  but only the latter are observable for privately owned dry
  cleaning  firms (Bowlin, Martin,  and Scott,  1990) .  Second,  target weights,  not
  historical weights,  are appropriately used for estimating the cost of  capital
  (Bowlin,  Martin,  and Scott,  1990) .   Again,  only historical  weights are
  observable.  Third,  marginal  costs  of  capital,  not historical average  costs,
  are appropriate hurdle  rates  for new investments  (Bowlin, Martin,  and  Scott,
  1990) .

       For this analysis, the industry average debt/equity structure is the
 optimal/target structure for all dry cleaning firms and book-value weights
 approximate market-value weights  (Bowlin, Martin and Scott,  1990).  The debt
 and equity weights of the mean dry cleaning firm in the Dun and Bradstreet
 data base  are 31 percent and 69 percent, respectively.  Using these weights
 and the component  costs of capital derived above gives the weighted average
 costs of capital for dry cleaning firms in the three  financial states:
       •  above-average financial condition:  11 percent
      •  average financial condition:  12.5 percent
      •  below-average financial condition:   15.4 percent

      These cost of capital estimates are not presented as actual  costs to
particular firms.  Likewise, they are not meant  to imply that  firms within a
                                     5-23

-------
financial condition category all have the same cost of capital, or that
borrowed funds will necessarily be available to all firms.  In particular,
recognize that 25 percent of all firms are in "below-average financial
condition."  Within this range, some firms will be far more financially
distressed than others.  The 15.4 percent real rate may overestimate the cost
of capital for some of these dry cleaning firms and underestimate some
unusually distressed firms.

      Adequate control capital funds are probably unavailable through normal
channels to small, particularly distressed firms.  Bass (1991)  indicates that
most commercial banks will not lend money to financially distressed firms, and
retained earnings at small, distressed firms may be inadequate to pay for
control capital.  Bass also stated that his institution, and others, won't
lend money to dry cleaning firms without first conducting an "environmental
audit" to protect the bank in the event that environmental contamination is
present or foreseeable at the time of the loan.  One can never discount the
possibility that funds would be available from owners' personal funds, new
partners, friends, relatives, or other sources.
                                     5-24

-------
                                     SECTION 6
                     RESPONSES TO THE REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES

        The regulatory alternatives considered for proposal require dry cleaning
  facilities to install and operate vent control devices.  Affected entities
  will incur initial and recurring costs as a result of these requirements.
  This section presents an overview of the requirements of the candidate
  regulatory alternatives and a description of  the potential firm-level and
  facility-level responses to these requirements.

  6.1    OVERVIEW OF  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES
        Three  regulatory  alternatives  are  evaluated here.   The main difference
  in the control  requirements  among the  alternatives  is the  treatment of
  existing  control mechanisms  on transfer  machines.   Table  6-1 summarizes the
  control equipment  options for each of  the  regulatory alternatives by  industry
  sector and machine technology.

       Dry cleaning machines emit PCE from two sources:  vent emissions and
 fugitive emissions.  Fugitive emissions are controlled under each alternative
 by requiring good work practices.  The percentage reduction in fugitive
 emissions attributable to good work practices  is not quantified for this
 analysis.   Vent emissions are controlled under each alternative by air
 pollution control devices.  Control equipment  required under Regulatory
 Alternative I reduces  vent emissions from dry-to-dry and transfer machines  by
 95 and 85  percent,  respectively,  compared to uncontrolled levels.   For
 machines  in the commercial sector,  Alternative I  mandates  using a  carbon
 adsorber  (CA)  or a  refrigerated condenser (RC).   Because of technical
 constraints,  all other machines must  use  a CA.. The control equipment  required
 under  Regulatory Alternative  II reduces vent PCE  emissions  from dry-to-dry  and
 uncontrolled  transfer machines by  95 percent (compared to uncontrolled
 levels).   Transfer machines with an RC  in place are  not  required to purchase
additional equipment under this alternative.  Finally, control equipment
required under Regulatory Alternative III also results in a 95 percent
reduction in vent PCE emissions (compared to uncontrolled levels).
                                     6-1

-------
    TABLE  6-1.   CONTROL  TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS UNDER EACH REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE
                                                 Regulatory Alternative
     Industry Sector and Machine Type
                II
            III
Coin-Operated

   dry-to-dry

Commercial

   dry-to-dry


   transfer  (uncontrolled)


   transfer  (RC controlled)




Industrial
    CA
    CA
   'RC

    CA
    RC
CA
CA
RC

CA
    no          oo
additional  additional
 control     control
 required    required
CA
CA
RC

CA
            CA
dry-to-dry
transfer
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA  = Carbon Adsorber
RC  = Refrigerated Condenser
Source:  Radian, 1990a.
Alternative III differs from Alternative II because it requires CA's on

transfer machines currently controlled with an RC.


      Current owners of dry cleaning facilities with non-compliant machines

must decide to comply or exit the industry.  That decisionmaking process at

the firm level is described in Section 6.2.  Facility-level responses are

discussed in Section 6.3


6.2   FIRM-LEVEL RESPONSES
                                      «
      The dry cleaning NESHAP will potentially affect firms that own dry

cleaning facilities not in compliance with the regulatory alternatives

considered.  A firm is a legal organization consisting of one domestic
                                      6-2

-------
  establishment or more under common ownership or control.  An establishment is
  a single physical location at which business is conducted—a site  of  land with
  plant and equipment that combine inputs like materials, energy, and labor to
  produce outputs, like dry cleaning services.  Firms are legal business
  entities that, in this context, own one or more facilities.

        The owners of dry cleaning firms that own dry cleaning facilities
  potentially affected by the regulatory alternatives have several ways they can
  respond.  The more important of these possible responses are depicted in
  Figure 6-1.l

        The current  owners  of dry cleaning firms  operate dry cleaning facilities
  whose periodic (e.g.,  annual)  revenues cover or exceed their periodic  average
  variable costs.  The  owners  of dry  cleaning facilities that  do  not  have  the
.  vent  controls  required under the candidate  regulatory  alternatives  must  assess
  whether  controlled facilities  will  continue to meet this same operating
  criterion.  These owners must  evaluate their alternatives, assess the  benefits
  and costs of each, and respond in some manner.  Owners  generally respond in
  the way that maximizes the net-present  value of the firm.

       The assessment of post-compliance costs and revenues is depicted in
 Figure 6-1.  The expected revenues  (ER) of the complying -facility are
 approximately the product of the expected price and the expected quantity.  '
 The expected costs  (EC) are functionally related to the facility's current
 variable costs plus costs of compliance.  Compliance costs, in turn, include
 the costs of purchasing,  installing and operating control equipment, the costs
 of  financing the  capital  investment,  less any solvent  recovery credits.
      technically,  substituting other solvents for PCE is also an option
However, that choice is not addressed because of the higher operating cosis
associated with those solvents.                             "Plating costs
                                      6-3

-------
                     Current Owners
                                               Close
             Keep facility     Sell  facility
                         Comply
Yes

Operate
E = expected

R = periodic revenues  (Price x Quantity)

C = periodic costs  (variable cost plus periodic
    repayment of  principal and return oh  investment)
     Figure 6-1. Responses to the Proposed Regulation
                            6-4

-------
        If the expected costs of operating the complying  facility exceed the
  expected revenues, the owner of the facility C1OSM it.  Altman (1983) defines
  "economic failure" as the inability of invested capital to continually cover
  its variable costs through revenues.  For purposes of this discussion, owners
  of dry cleaning firms are assumed to close facilities if they project that
  annual revenues will be below annual variable costs.  Furthermore, it is
  assumed that once closed, facilities do not re-open.

        If the expected revenues of operating the complying facility exceed the
  expected costs,  it is economically viable and the owners will likely k^ep the
  facility or sail it.   For this discussion,  owners keep the  facility if they
  have  and/or can  borrow the funds  required for the capital investment.   If,
  however,  they neither have nor can borrow the required funds,  they may decide
  to  sell  the  facility.

        If the  compliant facility is  expected to  remain  profitable,  it is
  assumed that  the current  or new owners of the facility will comply with the
  regulation in the manner  that maximizes the net-present  value of the firm.  In
 most circumstances, this  is equivalent to responding in  the least  (net-
 present)  cost manner.  If realized post -compliance revenues cover  or exceed
 realized costs,  it is assumed that the firm continues to operate the facility.
 If realized revenues are inadequate to cover realized costs, the owners will
 likely close or sell the facility.  If costs exceed revenues for
 reasons,  the owners will likely close the facility.  These reasons might
 include operating costs that exceed projections,  revenues that fall short of
 projections,  or both.   If costs exceed revenues for finan^.T  reasons,  the
 owners  may sell the facility.   This could occur,  for example,  if the interest
 rate  (and required payments)  on a  variable rate loan rose to where revenues
 were  insufficient to cover the  under-projected finance charges.

      Because a viable  dry cleaning firm can  own  viable facilities along with
 non-viable  ones— and other profitable  non-dry cleaning assets  as  well— a
 regulation  that  closes  one or more  dry cleaning facilities may leave the
 company that owns  it (them) virtually  unaffected.  Alternatively,  because
viable facilities  can be owned by non-viable  (e.g., debt  laden) companies, a
regulation that would leave a facility viable after compliance may nonetheless
force a firm to sell the facility.
                                      6-5

-------
6.3   FACILITY-LEVEL RESPONSES
      The facility with an uncontrolled PCE machine must either comply with
the regulation, switch solvents, or cease operations.  As discussed in
Section 2, solvent substitution is unlikely.  The following subsections
address the compliance options for facilities under each regulatory
alternative.  Subsection 6.3.1 outlines the methods and assumptions used to
compute the costs (net present) associated with each compliance option and
subsection 6.3.2 identifies the options that satisfy the requirements of each
regulatory alternative by industry sector and machine type.

6.3.1  Compliance Option Costs
      Three types of compliance options will satisfy the requirements of the
regulatory alternatives:
      • retrofit with a CA
      • retrofit with an RC
      • accelerated purchase of a new dry-to-dry machine with a built-in vent
        control

      The choice that the facility owner makes depends on the sector, the
machine type, baseline vent controls, and its individual financial situation.
For the purposes of this analysis, it is assumed that the owner will choose
the least cost option that satisfies the requirements of the regulation.

      To identify the lowest cost option, the incremental capital and
operating cost associated with each option is estimated.  These costs vary by
machine type, capacity utilization, and the age of the machine.  The net
present cost  (NPC) of each available option is then computed.  The following
methods are used to compute the NPC of each control option:

Control Option 1:  Carbon Adsorber
                                    n-1
                           =   KCA +  I*   [OCA /  (1  + r)1]                 (6.1)
                                    t-0
                                      6-6

-------
  Control Option 2:  Refrigerated Condenser
                                  n-l

                  NPCRC  -  KRC +- 2  [ORC / (1 + r)*]   if n < 7           (6 2)
                                  t=*0
                                        or
                       n-l
 KRC + £   [0RC /  (1 + r)t]  + [(K
                                                       (1 + r))]   if n > 7
                       t-0
  Control Option 3:  Accelerated Purchase of New Dry-to-Dry Machine
                                  14
                    NPCDD  = KDD + "£   [ORC /  (1 +
                                 t-o
f                     14                   1
j  [KDD  /  d + D«]  +  I   [ORC  /  (i  +  r,t]  I
1                     t-n                  J
                                                                            6
                                      t-n


 where

       NPCCA =  the net present  cost  of a  CA

       NPCRC =  the net present  cost  of an RC

       NPCDD =  the net present  cost  of accelerating  the  purchase of a new dry-
                to-dry machine

       KCA   =  the capital cost of a CA

       KRC   =  the capital cost of an  RC

       KDD   =  the capital cost of a new dry-to-dry machine

       °CA   =  the incremental operating cost of a CA

       0RC   =  the incremental operating cost of an RC net of solvent recovery

       r      =   the weighted average cost of capital2

       n      =   the remaining life  of  the existing machine (cannot exceed 15)

      t      =   the year  (1991 is year 0)


      Control option 3 represents  the incremental cost  associated with the

accelerated purchase of a new dry-to-dry machine.   Facility owners replace


      2?his cost of capital differs by  firm financial status.  The discount
factor estxmated for this analysis is  11 percent  for  firms  in  good financial
condition, 12.5 percent for firms in  average condition, and  15 4  percent for
firms in poor condition.  For a more  complete discussion, see  Section 5.


                                      6-7

-------
existing machines with new dry-to-dry machines equipped w:ith built-in  vent

controls even in baseline.  Therefore, only the additional cost  associated

with accelerating the purchase of a new dry-to-dry machine is  included in the

cost calculations.  Owners of transfer equipment that decide to  accelerate the

purchase of a new dry-to-dry machine would incur lower baseline  operating

costs because of greater solvent recovery associated with dry-to-dry machines.

This cost savings is not -included in the net present cost calculations

described above.  If a credit for reduced baseline operating costs were

included in the calculations, a slightly larger share of the facilities would

be projected to choose option 3 as the least-cost compliance option.   Because

these operating cost credits are not included, the annualized  compliance costs

computed in Section 7 may be slightly overestimated.


      In computing these costs, several assumptions are made:

      • The distribution of the remaining life of existing machines is
        rectangular.  Dry-to-dry machines have a 15-year life; transfer
        machines have a 20-year life.

      • Virtually no new transfer machines have been sold in the last  five
        years.  Therefore, one-fifteenth of the total population of machines
        retires each year.

      • In the absence of regulation, all machines would heive  been replaced
        by new dry-to-dry machines with built-in vent controls.   The current
        stock of uncontrolled machines would have been completely replaced by
        these controlled machines within 15 years.

      • Costs are computed for a 15-year period of analysis.3

      • F.acility owners evaluate the cost of the control options using a
        real, after-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC),  which
        differs depending on their financial status.   (See Section 5 for a
        discussion of the method for computing the WACC.)

      • The facility financial status, the WACC, and the share of facilities
        in each financial status are given below:
      3The mathematics of the cost formula require the notation of years 0-14,
where year 0 is the first year.
                                      6-8

-------
                                                     Share  of
                                    WACC
                   poor              15.4%              25%
                 average            12.5%              50%
                   good              11.0%              25%
          Operating  costs are incurred at the beginning of each period.   The
          costs of control option 3 include the RC's operating costs because
          most new dry-to-dry machines with vent controls use RC technology.
                          Purchased for existing machines in the commercial and
                     sectors are used only for the remaining life of the
          existing machines or the remaining life of the control device,   ,
          whichever is shorter.  Because new machines for these sectors come
          equipped with built-in vent controls, the control device will not be
          transferred to the new machine.
        •  Control devices purchased for existing machines in the coin-operated
          sector are transferred to replacement machines.  In general,  new dry-
          to-dry cleaning machines in this sector are not equipped with built-
          ill COiljT
        •  Under option 2,  machines with more than seven years of remaining life
          must purchase an RC device in the first year and the eighth year
          (These devices have a seven-year life.)   Facilities with seven or
          fewer years remaining life will purchase only one RC.

       As indicated  in  Table  6-1, the  regulatory  alternative  dictates the
 compliance options  that  owners may consider.  These  options  vary by machine
 type and industry sector.  Subsection  6.3.2 below identifies the options that
 will satisfy the requirements of each  regulatory alternative.

 6'3'2  Compliance Qp1-ions rinrter paeh Rpgnlaf nry i^lternafiw
       Under each of the regulatory alternatives, the owner of a coin-operated
 facility has only one choice;  a CA must be retrofitted to the machine.
 Refrigerated condensers are not made for the size of the machines used in this
 sector.   Here the remaining life of the existing machinery is irrelevant.
 The  coin-operated facility will purchase a CA for its existing machines and
 transfer the control  device to  replacement machines.   The 'n-  term shown in
 Equation (6.1)  is always  15 in  this  sector.

      The facility owner  in the  commercial sector has  three control  options
under Alternative  I.  These options  are  the  same  for either a dry-to-dry
machine  or a transfer machine.   The  first  option  is the installation of  the
                                      6-9

-------
CA.  The cost computation is similar to that described above for the coin-
operated sector  (see Equation (6.1)).  The only difference is that the age of
existing equipment does matter.   After the existing equipment wears out, it is
assumed that the facility owner will purchase a new dry-to-dry machine with an
internal vent control device.  Because the purchase would occur in the absence
of regulation, the net present cost of the CA is calculated for only the
remaining years of life for the present machinery.

      The second option available to the owner of a commercial facility is an
RC, whose NPC is described in Equation (6.2) .  Again, the. NPC of the RC is
computed only for the remaining life of the dry cleaning machine.

      The final option under this alternative is accelerating the purchase of
a new dry-to-dry machine with an internal control device.  Even in the absence
of the regulation, the facility owner would probably have purchased a new dry-
to-dry machine with a built-in vent control device when his existing machine
required replacement.  Therefore, the cost of the accelerated purchase only
includes costs associated with those years before the expiration of the
current machinery.  Accordingly, the computation is seen in Equation (6.3).
Of these three options described above, facilities will select the least cost
option.  Those facilities with older existing equipment are more likely to
choose option 3 than facilities  with a longer remaining life.  This selection
occurs because the incremental cost of accelerating the purchase of a new dry
cleaning machine is lower for these facilities.  It is projected that facility
owners who choose to retrofit their existing equipment rather than to
accelerate the purchase of a new machine will choose option 2 because of the
lower NPC associated with this option.

      For Regulatory Alternative II, the choices depend on machine type.  For
dry-to-dry machines, the choices are the same as outlined above, and the cost
computations are outlined in Equations (6.1),  (6.2), and (6.3).  For owners of
uncontrolled transfer machines,  the selection is narrowed to the CA or the
accelerated purchase of a new machine  (Equations  [6.1] and [6.2]).  Owners of
RC-controlled transfers, however, would be allowed to continue to use their RC
with no additional control equipment required.
                                     6-10

-------
       For Alternative III,  the owner of facilities with dry-to-dry machines
 may choose between options  1,  2,  and 3 (Equations [6.1],  [6.2],  and [6.3]).
 For transfer machines,  the  facility can choose only between the  CA and the
 accelerated purchase (Equations  [6.1]  and [6.2]).   Under  this  alternative,
 owners  of  RC-controlled transfer  machines or uncontrolled transfer machines
 must  retrofit with a CA or  purchase  a  new dry-to-dry machine with  a built-in
 vent  control.  .

      in the  industrial  sector, the  choices  are the  same  regardless of machine
type  and regulatory  alternative.  Facilities may choose between the CA or
accelerating the purchase of a new machine (Equations  [6.1]  and  [6.3]).  The
RC is not an option under any alternative because they are not made for these
larger machines.
                                   6-11

-------
                                     SECTION 7
                      IMPACTS OF THE REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES

        impacts of the regulatory alternatives are measured using an integrated
  approach that considers both economic and financial impacts.  A methodological
  and empirical approach based on the principles of applied welfare economics is
  used to compute the economic impacts of the alternatives.  Economic impacts
  are quantified through estimated market adjustments of price and output and
  corresponding effects on consumer and producer welfare.  In addition,
  ownership impacts are estimated using financial data on the distribution of
  firm viability.   Changes in firm financial status and capital availability for
  firms of different  sizes and financial condition are estimated in  the
  financial analysis .

        The approach  is  integrated by using  inputs  from each  type  of  analysis to
  compute  impacts  in  the other.  For example,  financial  impacts  are based  on the
  costs  computed in the economic analysis.   In turn, economic  impacts are  based
  on the costs of  capital  computed using data  on the financial status of firms
  in the industry.

  7.1   AFFECTED POPULATION
       The population, as defined here, includes only facilities with dry
 cleaning equipment.   Accordingly,  coin-operated and industrial facilities
 without dry cleaning machines are not  included.   Similarly,  commercial  drop
 stations  are not  included.

       Certain portions  of the population would  be unaffected under  the
 alternatives considered for three  reasons.
       '  biaasinLr63 fv,SOlV!nt °thSr than PCE-   This Distinction has the
         biggest  impact  in the industrial sector.
       •  The  facility already has  the required control equipment  in  place.
       •  The  facility is  exempt because of  a  size  cutoff  based on PCE
         consumption.

Thus, the affected population will vary with the regulatory alternatives and
the different cutoff levels.
                                     7-1

-------
       The  four  size  cutoffs  are based on PCE consumption  levels that
 correspond to target levels  of annual receipts  (from  dry  cleaning  activities
 only),  shown in  Table  7-1.   If adopted, these  size cutoffs would  result  in
 certain facilities being  excluded from the regulation.  Notice the differences
 between the dry-to-dry  machines and the transfer machines.  For the same  level
 of annual  receipts,  the transfer machines consume more PCE than the
 corresponding dry-to-dry  machines.  This difference occurs because transfer
 machines have higher fugitive emissions, resulting in more solvent required to
 clean  a given quantity  of clothes (or to generate a given amount of receipts).

       The  population affected by the proposed regulatory alternatives can be
 measured in two ways.   The first is the number  of facilities.  Table 7-2 shows
 the distribution  of  affected facilities by sector, model market, and cutoff
 level  under Regulatory  Alternatives I and II.   Table  7-3 shows the
 distribution of affected  facilities under Regulatory  Alternative III.
 Facilities  with RC-controlled transfer machines are affected under Regulatory
 Alternative III and  unaffected under Regulatory Alternatives I and II.

       Another method used to measure the share of the population potentially
 affected under each  alternative is based on the output of clothes  cleaned per
 year.   Table 7-4  shows  the distribution of affected output under Regulatory
 Alternatives I and II.  The distribution of affected  output under  Regulatory
 Alternative III is reported in Table 7-5.  The share  of the population that is
 affected differs, particularly in the commercial sector,  depending on how the
population is measured.   Under Regulatory Alternative II with- no size cutoff,
 34 percent of commercial  facilities are affected.  These facilities represent
 26 percent of total  commercial output.   This trend results from the prevalence
 of baseline controls  for  large plants in this sector.

      As noted in Section 6,  all of the regulatory alternatives have the same
 requirements and produce  the same response in the coin-operated sector.
Therefore,  no differences exist in the  affected population under the three
alternatives.   Furthermore,  if cutoff levels 2,  3, or 4 are implemented as
part of the regulation,  none of the coin-operated establishments will be
affected.   It should be noted that while many coin-operated establishments
receive more than $50,000 in annual receipts,  it is estimated that no
facilities receive more than this amount from dry cleaning activities alone.
                                      7-2

-------
TABLE 7-1.  SI2E CUTOFF LEVELS BASED ON CONSUMPTION OF PERCHLOROETHYLENE  (PCE,
  Size Cutoff
                Annual  Receipts from
                    Dry Cleaning
                    Activities3
                       <$/yr)
                                             Consumption of PCE by Machine
                                                  Technology13 (kg/yr)
 aAnnual receipts are computed using  a base  price  of  SI
  cleaned for the coin-operated (self-            °
                                                             v -  *
                                                             kg of cl(=thes
  activities only.
      per kg clothes  cleaned (Radian,

Source:     Radian, 1991c.
                                              re<=eipts from dry cleaning

                                             t1'  °;081 kg PCE «-' k'  •*
                                             transfer ™chine, is O.U5 kg
                                  7-3

-------
 TABLE  7-2.   DISTRIBUTION  OF AFFECTED  FACILITIES  BY  INDUSTRY'SECTOR,  MODEL
             MARKET,  AND SIZE CUTOFF:   REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES  I  AND  IIa
Industry Sector
and Model Market
Coin— Operated**
Self-Service
Plant-Operated
Total
Commercial0
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market . D
Market E
Market- F
Total
Industrial**
Total
Number of
Facilities

213
2,831
3,044
1,543
1, 606
1,157
10,432
8,073
7,683
30,494
325
Number Affected Facilities
None

200
1,415
1,615
0
1,-606
0
287
4,038
4,298
10,229
65
1

49
0
49
0
0
0
214
3,000
3,193
6,407
65
2

0
0
0
0
0
0
146
2,055
2,187
4,388
65
by Size
3

0
0
0
0
0
0
115
1,621
1,725
3,461
65
Cutoff
4

0
0
0
0
0
0
88
1,250
1,330
2,668
65
aSize cutoff levels are based'on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
 . (PCE).   The cutoff levels  correspond to target levels  of  annual receipts and
  differ  depending on the  type of dry cleaning machine used.   See Table 7-1
  for description of cutoff  levels.
bThe number of affected facilities under each size cutoff is based on the
  share of facilities at each income level (see Table 2-13),  the average
  annual  output  at each income level (see Table 2-7), and solvent consumption
  factors (Radian,  1990b).
cThe number of affected facilities under each size cutoff is based on the
  total number of potentially affected facilities in each Model  Market (see
  Table 4-4),  the share of facilities at each income level  (see  Table 2-13),
  the average annual output  at each  income level (see Table 2-4),  and solvent
  consumption factors (Radian,  1990b).
dSee Table 2-13.
                                     7-4

-------
  TABLE 7-3.  DISTRIBUTION  OF  AFFECTED  FACILITIES  BY INDUSTRY SECTOR,  MODEL
              MARKET, AND SIZE CUTOFF:   REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE III-
Total
Industry Sector Number of
and Model Market Facilities
Co in— Qpq r a t p{jk
Self-Service 213
Plant-Operated 2,831
Total 3,044
Number Affected Facilities by Size Cutoff
None

200
1,415
1,615
1234

49 0 0 0
0 0 0 o
49 0 0 0
Market
Market
Market
Market
Market
Market
Total
Indust- fj 3
=saaaoBsa^K
A
B
C
D
E
F

id
SOBsna
1,445
1,704
1,045
10,547
8,074
7,679
30,494
325
urn — rnn-rm 	 IT -
0
1,704
0
1,394
4,431
4,630
12,159
65
0
0
0
1,187
3,379
3,521
8,087
65
0
0
0
' 978
2,373
2,462
5,813
65
0
0
0
819
1,890
1,958
4,667
65
0
0
0
637
1,459
1,512
3,608
65

  consumption factors (Radian,  1990b) .                           '   d solvent
dSee Table 2-13.

Source:  Radian, 1991c.
                                     7-5

-------
 TABLE 7-4.  DISTRIBUTION OF  AFFECTED OUTPUT BY  INDUSTRY  SECTOR, MODEL MARKET,
            AND  SIZE  CUTOFF:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES  I  AND  IIa
Industry Sector
and Model Market
Coin-Operated
Self-Service
Plant -Operated
Total
Commercial
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total
Industrial-
Total
Output
(Mg/yr)

577
3,891
4,468

13,222
3,819
25,476
227,709
155,823
145,898
571,949
170,902
Total Affected Output by
Size Cutoff (Mg/yr) b
None

535
985
1,520

0
3,819
0
4,750
67,141
71,447
147,157
34,180
I

220
0
220

0
0
0
4,576
64,673
68,820
138,068
34,180
2

0
0
0

0
0
0
4,206
59,536
63,351
127,093
34,180
3

0
0
0

0
0
0
3,928
55,636
59,200
118/764
34,180
4

0
0
0

0
0
0
3,588
50,969
54,231
108,788
34,180
aTotal output and affected output values computed using averagte output values
  reported in Tables  2-5  and 2-7,  the distribution  of  facilities  in  Table
  2-13,  and the  distribution of  affected facilities in Table  7-2."
bSize cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
  (PCE).   The cutoff  levels  correspond to target  levels of  annual receipts and
  differ depending on the type of  dry cleaning machine used.   See Table  7-1
  for description  of  cutoff  levels.
                                     7-6

-------
TABLE 7-5.  J^RIBUTION OF AFFECTED  OUTPUT BY INDUSTRY SECTOR, MODEL MARKET
            AND SIZE CUTOFF:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE III-             <"««.*,
Industry Sector
and Model Market
Coin-Op^ rat*»fib
Self-Service
Plant-Operated
Total
Commq i^e ia lb
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total
Indust-^--] fl ] c
_
Total
Output
(Mg/yr)

577
3,891
4,468

13,222
4,052
22,595
229,516
156,068
146,730
571,949
170,902
S58S^^SSS^^SE99
Total Affected Output by
Size Cutoff (Mg/yr) b
None

535
985
1,520

0
4,052
0
31,320
77,223
80,185
192,780
34,180
^^9!^^S^BWM^B^__
1

220
0
220

0
0
0
30,828
74,721
77,547
183,097
34,180
2

0
0
0

0
0
0
29,692
69,253
71,791
170,736
34,180
3

0
0
0

0
0
0
28,263
64,913
67,263
160,439
34,180
4
——«—-•«
0
0
0

0
0
0
25,973
59,491
61,652
147,117
34,180

                                   7-7

-------
       The number of affected facilities represents about 53 percent of all
 coin-operated facilities with dry cleaning equipment.  The impact is split
 between plants with self-service equipment and those without.  Those with
 plant-operated equipment comprise the bulk of the affected population.  With
 no cutoff, 34 percent of the coin-operated output will be affected under the
 candidate alternatives, the majority of which comes from plant-operated
 machines.  Again, the disparity indicates that the average size of facilities
 affected is smaller than that for unaffected facilities.

       In the industrial sector,  size cutoffs would have no impact; all of the
 industrial facilities with dry cleaning machines fall above the largest
 cutoff.  Also notice that .the affected population is the  same share—20
 percent—in terms of the number  of facilities and output  because the size
 distribution of affected and unaffected plants does not differ.

 7.2   COSTS OF COMPLIANCE
       In Section 6  the control options available under each regulatory
 alternative are identified and the method for determining which option owners
 of affected facilities are  likely to choose  is outlined.   ::n this  section,  the
 methods  and assumptions used to  compute the  annualized costs associated with
 each  regulatory alternative are  discussed.

       Tables  7-6  and 7-7 show the model plant capital  and operating  costs for
 CA controls  and RC  controls,  respectively.   As noted before,  coin-operated and
 industrial plants do not have the option of  retrofitting  existing  machines
 with  RC  controls  because these devices are not manufactured for the  machine
 sizes typically used in these two sectors.   Capital  costs  are  a function  of
 the machine  size  and do not differ with different  levels  of  output.  Operating
 costs are a  function of output level and are  reported  for  five levels  of
 output based  on the  corresponding range of annual  receipts  given below:
            Output Level           .    Annual Receipts  Range
                  1                        $0  to 25  thousand
*                 2                       $25  to 50 thousand
                  3                       $50  to 75 thousand
                  4                       $75  to 100 thousand
                  5                       Over $100 thousand
                                      7-8

-------
  TABLE 7-6.
MODEL PLANT CAPITAL AND OPERATING COMPLIANCE
ADSORBER CONTROLS ($1989)*
                                                                 FOR CARBON
                                                                 *UK CARBON
Industry
Sector and
Model
Plant Number
CA
Capital CA Operating Costs by Output Level
Costs ($) i ~ " I ' 	
•"• 2, 3 A
Coin— <">pgrfltf?f1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Induat.r-i.fl ]_
13
14
15
=====
8,601
3,540
6,760
6,760
6,760
6,976
6,760
6,760
6,976
6,760
6,760
6,976

9,980
9,980
9,980
^^KSSSSSSSSES^B
6,492
2,710
2,887
2,886
2,886
2,895
2,886
2,886
2,895
2,886
2,886
2,895

2,992
2,992
2,992
•S^BSSSSSSSSS^BBSSB
6,466
2,703
2,827
2,827
2,827
2,835
2,826
2,826
2,835
2,826
2,826
2,834

2,922
2,922
2,922
==—=———.—_._
6,436
2,695
2,758
2,758
2,757
2,766
2,757
2,757
2,765
2,756
2,756
2,764

2,837
2,837
2,837
•^ 	 --
— — — — —
6,406
2,688
2,689
2,688
2,687
2,696
2,686
2,686
2,695
2,686
2,685
2,693

2,747
2,747
2,747
-— — SBK^^SS^^
($/yr)fa

6,140
2,618
2,141
2,138
2,137
2,145
2,134
2,133
2,142
2,132
2,129
2,138

-2,265
-8,147
-8,147
  2   $25  to  $50  thousand
  3   $50  to  $75  thousand
  4   $75  to  $100 thousand
  5   over $100 thousand

Source:  Radian,  1990a.
                                     7-9

-------
TABLE 7-7.  MODEL PLANT CAPITAL AND OPERATING COMPLIANCE COSTS FOR
            REFRIGERATED CONDENSOR CONTROLS IN THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR  ($1989)*
Model
Plant Number
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
RC
Capital
Costs ($)
6,283
6,283
6,283
8,424
6,283
6,283
8,424
6,283
8,675
10,811
RC Operating Costs by Output Level ($/yr)b
1
290
289
289
374
288
288
373
288
383
468
2
234
232
231
317
230
230
315
229
323
409
3
169
166
165
250
163
162
248
161
254
340
4
103
100
98
183
95
93
179
92
184
270
5
-413
-423
-430
-345
-440
-444
-358
-449
-363
-278
aNegative values indicate cost savings due  to  reduced solvent consumption.
 Add-on  RC control devices are not built for the size machines  typically used
 in the  coin-operated and industrial sectors.
bOutput levels correspond to  average  annual receipts  ranges below:
 1  under $25 thousand
 2  $25  to $50  thousand
 3  $50  to $75  thousand
 4  $75  to $100 thousand
 5  over $100 thousand

Source:  Radian, 1990a.
                                     7-10

-------
   Note  that  operating costs  decline  as  output  level  increases  because operating
   costs are  net  of  solvent recovery  savings, and projected  solvent  recovery
   savings  (negative costs) rise  faster  than the  positive cost  components  as
   output increases.   Negative values are  indicated where solvent savings  exceed
  costs.
        The CA capital costs average over $7,000 for commercial facilities with
  dry-to-dry or transfer machines.  Refrigerated condenser capital costs are
  slightly lower than CA capital costs for dry-to-dry machines in the commercial
  sector,  carbon adsorber capital costs are about $1,500 lower than RC costs
  for transfer machines in the commercial sector.  However,  CA annual operating
  costs average $1,800 to over $2,000 dollars higher than RC operating costs for
  machines of both types.

        Using these cost  inputs,  the capital costs  of  new dry-to-dry machines
  with  built-in vent  controls  from Table  7-10,  and  the least  cost  options
  identified  in the net present  cost analysis presented in Section 6,  the
  annualized  compliance costs  can be computed.   Table  7-8  reports  the  annualized
  costs  of Regulatory Alternative I  by model  plant  and  output level.   Table 7-9  '
  reports the costs of Regulatory Alternatives  II and III.  The model  plant
  costs  for facilities with dry-to-dry machines  are the same for all
  alternatives.  Model plant costs for facilities with transfer' machines are
  lower under Alternative I than  under Alternatives II and III.  Although the
 costs per plant do not differ under Alternatives II and III, the number of
 affected facilities with transfer machines is higher for Alternative III.

       As noted previously,  facility owners in the  commercial and industrial
 sectors will likely replace their existing machines  with new dry-to-dry
 machines that  have built-in control devices.  Therefore,  capital  costs "of
 control equipment  are  annualized over  the  remaining  life of  the existing dry
 cleaning machine rather than  the life  of the control  device.  New machines  in
 the coin-operated  sector generally  do_nat have built_in  control deviceSt
 Capital costs are  annualized over the life of  the  CA  (15  years) in the  coin-
 operated sector.  For the purposes  of this analysis it is assumed that  the
distribution of the remaining life  of existing machines is rectangular  and
each year one fifteenth of the machines  is replaced.  Costs are annualized
                                     7-11

-------
TABLE 7-8.  MODEL PLANT ANNUALIZED COMPLIANCE COSTS FOR REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE
            I  ($1989)*
Industry Sector and
Model Plant Number
Coin-Operated
1
2
Commercial
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Industrial
13
14
15
Output Levelb
1

7,814
3,264

2,271
2,289
2,307
2,946
2,436
2,450
3,125
2,471
3,397
4,075

6,110
6,110
6,110
2

7,788
3,258

2,215
2,232
2,249
2,889
2,378
2,391
3,067
2,412
3,338
4,016

6,039
6,039
6,039
3

7,759
3,250

2,150
2,166
2,183
2,822
2,310
2,324
2,999
2,344
3,269
3,947

5,955
5,954
5,954
4

7,728
3,242

2,084
2,099
2,116
2,755
2,242
2,255
2,930
2,275
3,199
3,877

5,865
5,864
5,864
5

7,462
3,173

1,568
1,577
1,588
2,227
.1,708
1,718
2,393
1,734
2,651
. 3,329

852
-5,029
-5,029
aAnnualized costs are computed using the control costs found in Tables 7-6 and
  7-7  and the  dry cleaning machine  capital  costs  found in Table 2-10.
  Discount rates  vary by  firm financial  status:   15.4%  for firms in  poor
  financial condition,  12.5%  for  firms in average financial  condition,  and
  11.0%  for firms in  good financial condition.   In the  commercial and
  industrial sectors  costs are annualized over the remaining life of the  dry
  cleaning machine or the life of the control equipment, whichever is  shorter.
  In the coin-operated  sector,  costs are annualized over the'life of the
  control equipment  (15 years).
bOutput levels correspond to average annual receipts  ranges  below:
  1  under $25 thousand
  2  $25 to $50 thousand
  3  $50 to $75 thousand
  4  $75 to $100  thousand
  5  over $100 thousand
                                     7-12

-------
 TABLE 7-9.  MODEL PLANT ANNUALIZED COMPLIANCE COSTS FOR REGULATORY
             ALTERNATIVES II AND III ($1989)*
  Industry Sector and
  Model Plant Number
Output Levelb
I
— «• — •_»_• <—
7,814 '
3,264
2,271
2,289
2,307
4,487
2,436
2,450
4,837
2,471
5,052
4,075
6,110
6,110
6,110
======
2
7,788
3,258
2,215
2,232
2,249
4,428
2,378
2,391
4,778
2,412
4,992
4,016
6,039
6,039
6,039
===—!———
3
"^^•'••^^•••••••••••••^MMH
7,759
3,250
2,150
2,166
2,183
4,360
2,310
2,324
4,708
2,344
4,922
3,947
5,955
5,954
5,954
••— ^ — -
4
—- — — —
7,728
3,242
2,084
2,099
2,116
4,291
2,242
2,255
4,638
2,275
4,851
3,877
5,865
5,864
5,864
5 .
"^— — •*— — •«•
7,462
3,173
1,568
1,577
1,577
3,749
1,708
1,718
4,087
1,734
4,296
3,329
852
-5,029
-5,029
                                                                   ••
                                                                           .
                         to
2  $25 to $50 thousand
3  $50 to $75 thousand
4  $75 to $100 thousand
5  over $100 thousand
                                   7-13

-------
 using a real,  after-tax weighted average cost of capital (WACC),  that differs
 depending on their baseline financial status.  The share of facilities in each
 financial status and the corresponding WACC is reported in Section 6.

       In some  instances it is more cost-effective to accelerate  the purchase
 of a new dry-to-dry machine with a built-in vent control than to retrofit the
 existing machine.   Annualized costs associated with this option  are computed
 by taking the  net  present cost computed in  Eq.  6.3.in Section 6  and computing
 the annualized value over the remaining life of the existing dry  cleaning
 machine.

 7.3   MARKET ADJUSTMENTS
       Regulatory controls are likely to  disturb the current  equilibrium in the
 dry cleaning industry,  resulting in price and output changes and  corresponding
 welfare impacts.   Market price and output adjustments are  calculated from
 elasticity estimates, baseline price and output values,  and  control  cost
 estimates.   In  the coin-operated and industrial sectors  and  in Market Models
 C,  D,  E,  and F  in  the commercial sector  market,  impacts  are  computed based on
 a  competitive market model.   Model  Markets A and B  in the commercial sector
 represent markets  with  a single  facility in  the market area.  Impacts in  these
 model markets are  computed based on a monopoly  model  with limit pricing
 behavior.

      Table  7-10 shows  the type  of market adjustments computed for each sector
 and model market.   Price and  output  impacts  are  computed for the coin-operated
 sector and commercial Markets  E  and F.  No price and  output  impacts are
 projected for the  industrial  sector or Model Markets A through D in the
 commercial sector.  In market  areas where unaffected  facilities dominate/
 price and quantity  impacts are likely to be  zero.  This is the case in the
 industrial sector and in  commercial Markets A, C, and D.  Model Market B  in
 the commercial sector represents a single affected facility per market area.
 This facility is not likely to raise prices under any of the alternatives
considered because to do so would encourage new entry into the market as
discussed in Section 4.
                                     7-14

-------
Sector
Coin-Operated
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Industrial
Model Ma

A
B
C
D
E
F

Price
Adjustments
yes
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
no
Output
Adjustments
yes
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
no
Welfare
Impacts
— —— — —
P,C
none
P
none
P
P/C
P,C
P
  Key:  "P" - producer welfare impacts.
        "C" - consumer welfare impacts.'
        All  sectors  and model markets  with  affected facilities  will  incur
  producer welfare impacts.  However,  only  those markets with price  and output
  adjustments have projected consumer  welfare  impacts.
 7'3-1
               and
       Economic impacts are quantified through estimated market adjustments in
 pr.ce and output for the coin-operated sector and Model Markets E and p in the
 commercial sector.  Figure 7-! depicts the supply/demand relationship for a
 representative market area in these sectors.   Pre-regulatory equilibrium
 occurs at an output level of Ql and a price of PI per unit (kilogram,  of
 output.   The supply curve (Sl)  is  upward sloping with an elasticity of -e-  and
 the  demand curve  (DI,  is  downward  sloping with an elasticity of "T^

      ' Suppose  that  installing the  cost-effective  candidate control  technology
results in  a net cost  increase  for facilities  in  the  representative  market
The market  supply curve will shift  up from from a position such as  Sl  to S2 in
Figure 7-1 with a vertical shift distance equal to the weighted average
control cost per unit of output.  Assuming that the market demand curve
remains stationary in response to technological controls is plausible because
                                     7-15

-------
          $/Q
                                                                 Q/t
    Figure  7-1.  Price and Output Adjustments Due to a Market  Supply Shift
these controls normally affect only supply-side variables such  as  production
costs.  In addition, the candidate control devices will not lessen the  quality
of the product, further justifying a stationary demand curve.   Because  the  new
supply curve now intersects the downward sloping demand curve at a higher
point, equilibrium price will increase and equilibrium output will decrease.
The magnitude of the new equilibrium price/output combination  (?2,  Q2)  is not
obvious from the diagram, but it can be computed if baseline price and  output
values (Pi, Qi), the demand elasticity  Cn), the supply elasticity  (e),  and  the
supply shift parameter (1)  are known.  First, rewrite the inverse
supply/demand system in functional form as illustrated below:
                              P  - P(QS,  PPI,  CT),
(7.1)
                                P  - P(Qd,  Pop),
(7.2)
where CT is the control technology that leads to the supply curve shift.
Next, convert the supply and demand functions to logarithmic form and take the
total differential:
                                     7-16

-------
                                       7|E  +X«,  •                      (7.3,
                                                                            (7.4)
   where  EC) -  3LnC), TI  -  aLn(Qd) /9Ln(P) f e . 9Ln (Q*)/3Ln /ai«i(CTMaLn.  The terms E(Pop) and E(PPI) are not included in the
   above  equations because they are exogenous variables and,  therefore,
   unaffected by policy changes.

         The parameter Xs  is the percentage shift of the marginal  facility's
  supply function given a change in the control technology.  Assuming that there
  i- no correlation between production costs and control costs, the shift in the
  supply function of the marginal facility may correspond to the lowest control
  costs  (zero  in markets with unaffected facilities)  or highest control cost per
  Kilogram of  output estimated.  For this analysis the supply snift is based on
  the  expected value of  the  percentage change  in marginal costs for the given
  market  area.   Measured along the  price axis,  the expected percentage-shift  of
  the  supply function is  equal to the  weighted  average control  cost per unit  of
  output  divided by  the baseline price:

                                 I,
                                                                          .(7.5)
 Because there are two equations and two unknowns, supply can now be set equal
 to demand to solve for E(P):
                                         E(P) + Xs,                       (?>6)
                              E(P)
                                        e - r\) J  '                         (7.7)

By definition, E(P) - 9Ln(P) -  (p2 - PI)/P! for  "small"  ch
Solving for the value of P2 from the expression  above  anl Tlll^gl^s
information into the equation for E(Q, produces  the  following  formulas  for  P2
and Q2:

                        ?2 - PI  .  { 1+  f—^—1 1
                                   L     L (E - Ti) J 5 •                    (7.8)
                                     7-17

-------

 All variables  and parameters on the  right  hand side of Eqs.  (7.8)  and (7.9)
 are known,  so  -the new equilibrium price/output combination can be  computed
 from this  information.

  •   '  Baseline price  and the projected price  impacts are reported  in
 Table 7-11  for each sector of the dry cleaning industry under  three regulatory
 alternatives and five cutoff levels. Average  price  impacts for the entire
 commercial  sector are not reported in this table because the average  impact
 underestimates price  adjustments  for markets  where  affected facilities
 dominate and overestimates adjustments with no affected or very few affected
 facilities.  Therefore price impacts in the commercial  sector  are  presented by
 model market in Table 7-12.   Model Markets A  and C  do not  experience  price
 impacts because no affected facilities are represented  in  these markets.
 Facilities  in  Market  B do not raise prices because'  of limit pricing practices
 to  deter entry of  new facilities.  Prices do  not change  in response to the
 regulatory  alternatives  in Market D because unaffected  facilities  dominate in
 this  market-model.  Price impacts in Markets  E  and  F represent  the weighted
 average price  impacts  for all facilities in these market models.

       Total baseline  output  and projected output impacts corresponding to the
price  impacts  reported in Table 7-11 are reported in Table 1-13.  The total
 reduction in output for  the  commercial sector  is from Model Markets E and F.
Table  7-14  reports the output  adjustments for each market  model in the
commercial sector.  It is  evident from Tables 7-11 through 7-14 that price and
output vary in magnitude  among sectors and across size cutoff  levels.

       In the commercial  and  coin-operated sector,  size cutoffs  reduce the
number of affected facilities and the share of affected output.  As the share
of affected output is reduced, the average compliance cost per kilogram of
output for the market area declines.   All else equal, a lower compliance cost
per unit of output results in lower price and output adjustments.   In the
commercial sector size cutoff levels affect price and output adjustments for
two additional reasons.  First, the annual cost per affected facility declines
as the level of output increases because of increased solvent recovery savings
                                     7-18

-------
Industry Sector
 and Regulatory   Baseline Price
  Alternative         ($/kg)
   Reg  Ir  II,  &
  Reg  I,  ii,  &
         ' d
                                                    Size Cutoff3
                                           (Percent Chanqre from Basel
                      1.65
                                      96.32    23.50
. (Plant, -opera 1-g.fji
Reg I, II, 4
Comm#» rfii g J
Reg Ib
Reg II

Reg III
lndu*i-r<-i

6.34

6.34
6.34

6.34


1.07 0 0 0 o

c C c c c
C r*
c c c c c
f* -»
c c c c c
                     2.00
differ depending on the ty   of  ry
for description of cutoff levels
                                                         percnioroethyl
                                                        °f/nnual ^Pt- and
                                                       used.  See Table 7-1
                         *'
                                                          the Coin-Operated

cSee Table 7-12 for estates of price adjustments for the Commercial Sector
                                    7-19

-------
 TABLE 7-12. PRICE ADJUSTMENTS FOR MODEL MARKETS IN THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR BY
             REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE CUTOFF (PERCENTAGE CHANGE FROM
             BASELINE)3
Model Market
and Regulatory
Alternative
Ray I
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Reg IT
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Rey III
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Baseline
Price
(S/kg)

6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34

6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34

6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
6.34
Size Cutoffb
(percentage change from baseline)
None

0
0
0
0
0.68
0.77

0
0
0
0
0.85
0.96

0
0
0
0
0.98
1.07
1

0
0
0
0
0.52
0.60

0
0
0
0
0.65
0.74

0
0
0
0
0.78
0.85
2

0 .
0
0
0
0.38
0.43

0
0
0
0
0.47
0.53

0
0
0
0
0.58
_ 0.63
3

0
0
0
0
0.32
0.36

0
0
0
0
0.40
0.45

0
0
0
0
0.49
0.54
4

0
0
0
0
0.26
0.30

0
0
0
0
0.33
0.37

0
0
0
0
0.41
0.45
aAdjustments are zero, for facilities in Model Markets A and C because no
  affected facilities are  represented in these markets.  Adjustments are zero
  for facilities  in  Markets  B and D due  to full  cost  absorption  by affected
  facilities  in these markets.

bSize cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
  (PCE).   The cutoff levels  correspond to target levels  of  annual  receipts and
  differ  depending on the  type  of dry cleaning machine used.   See  Table  7-1
  for description of cutoff  levels.
                                     7-20

-------
 Industry Sector
 and Regulatory
  Alternative
 Coin—Qp^^flfiftf)
 (self—s*»T*yj.efa)

  Reg I,  ii, 4
                     Baseline
                      Output3
                      (Mg/yr)
           Size  Cutoff*5
(Percentage Change from Basoi
                          577
                                    -83.01   -25.52      0
                                                                         '  0
(lant—
  Reg  I,  ii,  &
                       3,891
                                     -1.17
Reg I
Reg II
• Reg III
Indus^r-jal
571,949
571,949
571,949

-0.42
-0.52
-0.59

-0.32
-0.40
-0.47

-0.23
-0.29
-0.35

-0.19
-0.24
-0.29

-0.16
-0.20
-0.24

 Reg I,  II,  4
                     170,902
differ depending
for description of cutoff  levels

                        ^  "'
                                                   use PCS and facilities that
                                                       °*«™"-  «=«iPt»  and
                                                      used.  See  Table  7-1
                                                              Coin-operated
                                   7-21

-------
 TABLE  7-14.  OUTPUT ADJUSTMENTS  FOR MODEL MARKETS  IN THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR BY
             REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE  CUTOFF*
Model Market
and Regulatory
Alternative
Reg I
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D .
Market E
Market F
Total Reg Ie
Reg £1;
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg IIC
Reg Til
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg IIIC
Baseline
Output
(Mg/yr)

13,222
3,819
25,476
227,709
155,823
145,898
571,949
13,222
3,819
25,476
227,709
155,823
145,898
571,949
13,222
4,052
22,595
229,516
146,730
156,068
571,949
Size Cutoffb
(percentage change from baseline)
None

0
0
0
0
-0.74
-0.85
-0 . 42
0
0
0 .
0
-0.92
-1.05
-0.52
0
0
0
0
-1.06
-1.17
-0.59
1

0
0
0
0
-0.57
-0.65
-0.32
0
0
0
0
-0.71
-0.81
-0.40
0
0
0
0
-0.85
-0.93
-0.47
2

0
0
0
0
-0.41
-0.47
-0.23
0
0
0
0
-0.51
' -0..58
-0..29
0
0
0
0
-0.63
-0.68
-0.35
3

0
0
0
0
-0.34
-0.39
-0.19
0
0
0
0
-0.43
-0.49
-0.24
0
0
0
0
-0.54
-0.58
-0.29
4

0
0
0
0
-0.28
-0.32
-0.16
0
0
0
0
-0.36
-0.41
-0.20
0
0
0
0
-0.44
-0.48
-0.24
Adjustments are zero for facilities in Model Markets A and C because no
  affected facilities  are  represented  in these markets .  Adjustments  are  zero
  for  facilities  in markets  B  and D  due to  full  cost  absorption by  affected
  facilities  in these  markets.                        .
      cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
  (PCE) .  The  cutoff  levels  correspond to target  levels  of  annual  receipts  and
  differ depending  on the  type  of dry cleaning machine used.   See  Table  7-1
  for description of  cutoff  levels.
GWeighted average output adjustments.
                                     7-22

-------
   (see Tables 7-8 and 7-9).   in addition,  the share of facilities with baseline
   vent controls is significantly higher for large facilities than for small
   facilities.   These factors taken together result in lower average control cost
   per kilogram of output  and thus lower price and output  adjustments at higher
   cutoff  levels.

        Equilibrium price in the  commercial market  is  estimated  to  increase 0.98
   percent for markets where  affected dry cleaners  represent  about half  of  all
   facilities  (Market E) under the most  stringent regulatory  scenario.   Price
   adjustments are projected  to be about  1.07 percent for market  areas where
   affected cleaners dominate  (Market F,.  This amounts to pennies per kilogram
  of clothes cleaned in either case..  Corresponding output adjustments  in these
  markets are about 1.06 percent and 1.17 percent,  respectively.

        As indicated in Section 4, owners of coin-operated dry cleaning
  equipment  are limited in the amount  of a  cost increase that can be passed
  along to consumers in  the  form of a  price increase.   The maximum price that
  can be charged -for self-service  dry  cleaning is equal to the maximum post-
  regulatory  commercial  price less the  minimum opportunity cost of time  ($3 00',
  estimated in  Section 4.  Under Regulatory Alternative III with  no  cutoff,
  facilities  in  commercial Market  F  raise price to  $6.41 per  kilogram of clothes
  cleaned.  This represents the maximum projected post-regulatory price  in  the
  commercial  sector.  Therefore, self-service coin-operated facilities cannot
  raise prices above $3.41 per kilogram.  Likewise,  plant-operated facilities in
 the coin-operated sector are not able to raise prices above the maximum post-
 regulatory price in the commercial sector.  The price and quantity adjustments
 projected for the coin-operated sector are described below.

       The self-service  coin-operated  sector would experience the most severe
 equilibrium  adjustment  from baseline  values.  Projected equilibrium price
 would increase  from $1.65 to $3.24, or 96.32 percent  with no cutoff.' Output
 would decrease  by 83.01 percent from  577 Mg per year  to 98 Mg per year
 Adjustments  for plant-operated facilities  are not  as  severe.   Average price is
 projected to increase by about 1.07 percent  and output is expected  to decrease
 by 1.17 percent.  Based on these estimated  impacts, the average  price at
Plant-operated facilities in this sector will rise from $6.34  to $6  41  and
output will decline from a total of 3,891 Mg per year to 3,846 Mg per year
                                     7-23

-------
 7.3.2   Welfare Effects
       The determining  costs  of  a  regulatory policy  are measured by the change
 in social welfare  that it  generates.   Welfare  impacts often  extend to many
 individuals  and industries in an  economy.   However, estimating  the welfare
 impacts beyond the directly  affected markets is generally  cost-prohibitive
 because the  resource costs of such  a task may  exceed the'value  of  the indirect
 welfare effects that are measured.

       Producer welfare impacts  result  from  increased costs of production  that
 are fully or partially absorbed by  the facility.  Facilities that  are unable
 to pass along  any  price increase must  absorb the total increase  in costs.
 Producer  welfare impacts in  these markets are  equivalent to the  costs of
 control.   This scenario describes facilities in commercial Markets B  and  D.
 Facilities that are located  in  market  areas where a price increase is likely
 are able  to  pass along a portion of the increased costs of production.  The
 producer  welfare impact in these markets is equivalent to some portion of  the
 compliance costs depending on the relative elasticity of supply  and demand.

      Consumers of dry cleaning services experience welfare impacts in markets
 where price  and output  adjustments occur.  Consumer welfare impacts in markets
 represented by commercial  Model Markets B and D are zero even though  affected
 facilities are in these market  areas because price is not affected.

      Figure 7-2 depicts the approach used to estimate welfare changes  for a
 representative market  with price and output impacts.  Baseline equilibrium
 occurs at the  intersection of the demand curve, DI,  and supply curve,  Si.
 Price is  at the level  of PI,  with a corresponding output level of  Qi.
 Assuming  the cost-effective candidate NESHAP control increases the weighted
 average unit production costs in this market,  the supply curve will shift up
 to  a position  such as 82•   Control costs should not affect the demand
 relationship in the industry; assuming the demand curve remains  stationary is
plausible.  The new equilibrium position is characterized by a price/output
 combination of  (P2, Q2)•  The welfare changes attributable to the  candidate
NESHAP controls can be computed directly from Figure 7-2.
                                     7-24

-------
                                                                     Q/t
                          Figure 7-2.  Welfare  Change  Estimation
        in a market environs,  typically consumer, and producer,  of the good
  or service derive welfare fro. a market  transaction.   The difference between
  the maximum price consumers are willing  to pay for a  good or  service and the
  pr.ce  they actually  pay i,  referred to as consumer surplus,   consumer surplus
  «  measured as the area under tne demand curve  and above  the  price of the
  product.  Alternatively, producers derive a surplus from  a market transaction
  if  the product price i,  above the average variable cost of production
                  is
       The downward sloping industry demand curve above the baseline price of
 H - Figure ,-, indicates a positive  consumer s»rplus.   lt is  also 'nUm'
 that  consumers  lose some of th.f surplus  when  the market  price  increases  from
 Pi to ,2.  specifically,  the loss in consumer  surplus  is  the  sum of areas  A  +
 B  + C. or the area  under the demand  curve and  between  the esuilibrium prices
 T  e slope and position of the market supply curve  indicates that producers are
also  rece^ng a surplus at  the baseline price.  MSSHA, control costs cause
producers to lose the surplus area E . D and gain the area A. but the slope
                                     7-25

-------
 and position  of  the  demand and supply curves assures a producer  surplus  loss
 as the net effect.

      The sum of the producer and consumer surplus losses is an  estimate of
 the loss in social welfare due to the candidate NESHAP control.  The net
 welfare loss  is  equal to the area E+B+C+Din Figure 7-2.   Estimates of
 the surplus changes  for consumers and producers and the resulting change in
 social welfare are presented in Table 7-15 through Table 7-20.   These welfare
 impacts are projected for  the first year after the regulation is in effect.
 Lesser losses will be incurred in 14 subsequent years because existing
 uncontrolled machines are  being replaced with controlled machines upon
 retirement even  at baseline.  Estimated welfare impacts are zero fifteen years
 after the effective  date of the regulation assuming that the current stock of
 uncontrolled dry cleaning  machines would have been entirely replaced with
 controlled machines  in this time period.

      Given the  relative shifts in equilibrium price and output predicted for
 self-service coin-operated facilities,  the magnitude of the welfare change
estimate for the coin-operated sector is larger than either the commercial or
 industrial sector value relative to the size of the sector.   The estimated
change in social welfare of $6,250,000  is especially significant in comparison
to the size of the coin-operated sector.  As discussed earlier,  this sector of
the industry is the  smallest with a declining growth rate in output and number
of plants that has continued for several years.  In contrast to the estimated
Regulatory Alternative III welfare loss in the commercial sector
 ($47,600,000), this  figure does not appear excessive;  but the commercial
sector is more than  125 times as large  in terms of yearly dry cleaning output.
Along the same lines, estimated price and output adjustments in the commercial
sector are relatively minor, leading to a welfare loss estimate that is modest
in comparison to the size of the sector.

      Despite the predicted welfare loss in the coin-operated and commercial
sectors,  producer and consumer surplus  can actually increase if a regulatory
control leads to cost savings that cause the price of the product to fall
instead of rise.   In such a case,  social welfare would increase.   This
scenario is applicable to the industrial sector where a gain in welfare of
$274,000 is predicted.
                                     7-26

-------
TABLE 7-15. CONSUMER
                              IMpACTS  FQR EACH ^^

            INDUSTRY BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE CUTOFF (§
 Industry Sector
 and Regulatory
  Alternative
Coin— Ope^af.Rfj
(s&l ft— sgryieg

Reg  I,  II,  &
                     -537
                                 -195
 Coin—
Reg I, II, 4
 Reg I,  ii,
                     _262
Reg I
Reg II
Reg III
-13,800
-17,200
-19,500
-10,600
-13,300
-15,600
-7,700
-9,500
-11,500
-6,460
-8,080
-9,860
-5,320
-6,680
-8,180

                                  7-27

-------
 TABLE 7-16.  CONSUMER WELFARE IMPACTS FOR MODEL MARKETS  IN THE COMMERCIAL
             SECTOR BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE CUTOFF ($ THOUSANDS)3
   Model Market
  and Regulatory
Size Cutoffb
Alternative
Rey I
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg I
Reg II
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg II
Reg TIT
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg III
None

0
0
0
0
-6,700
-7,130
-13,800

0
0
0
0
-8,340
-8,870
-17,200

0
0
0
0
-9,600
-9,930
-19,500
1

0
0
0
0
-5,160
-5,490
-10,600

0
0
0
0
-6,440
-6,850
-13,300

0
0
0
0
-7,680
-7,910
-15,600
2

0
0 •
0
0
-3,730
-3,970
-7,700

0
0
0
0
-4,600
-4,900
-9,500

0
0
0
0
-5,690
-5,830
-11,500
3

0
0
0
0
-3,130
-3,330
-(5,460

0
0
0
0
-3,920
-4,170
-8,080

0
0
0
0
-4,870
-4, 990
-9,860
4

0
0
0.
0
-2,580
-2,740
-5,320

0
0
0
0
-3,240
-3,440
. -6,680

0
. 0
0
0
-4,010
-4,130
-8,180
almpacts are zero for facilities in Model Markets A and C because no affected
  facilities  are  represented in these markets.   Impacts  are  zero for
  facilities  in Markets  B and D due to full cost absorption  by affected
  facilities  in these  markets.   Values are express  in  1989 dollars and rounded
  to 3  significant  digits.   Details may not sum to  totals due to rounding.
  Consumer welfare  losses in first  year of regulation.   Costs will be incurred
  in subsequent years  but will decline over time.   Recurring annual costs will
  be zero 15  years  after the effective date of  the  regulation assuming that
  the current stock of uncontrolled machines would  be  replaced by controlled
  machines in the baseline  over this time  period.
^Size cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
  (PCE).   The cutoff levels correspond to  target levels  of annual receipts  and
  differ  depending  on  the type of dry cleaning  machine used.   See Table 7-1
  for description of cutoff levels.
                                     7-28

-------
TABLE 7-17. PRODUCER WELFARE IMPACTS FOR EACH SECTOR OF  THE  DRY CLEANING
            INDUSTRY BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE  CUTCFF  ($
 Industry Sector
 and Regulatory
  Alternative
 Coin— O  ratter!
     f —
Reg I, II, &
             » )
                     None
                   -1,140
                                -193
                                        Size Cutoffb
                                             2
 Coin—
 Reg I, II, &      -4,320
         -! a
Reg I
Reg II
Reg III
-15,000
-19,800
-28,070
-8,110
-10,100
-17,300
-5,850
-7,230
-13,600
-4,9:0
-6,150
-11,800
-4,040
-5,070
-9,810
 Reg I,  II,  &
                    274
                                 274
                                            274
                                                          274

                          "'
                                  7-29

-------
 TABLE 7-18. PRODUCER WELFARE  IMPACTS FOR MODEL MARKETS  IN  THE COMMERCIAL
            SECTOR  BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE CUTOFF  {$  THOUSANDS)3
   Model Market
  and Regulatory
Size Cutoff13
Alternative
Reg I
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg I
Reg- II
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg II
Reg III
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg III
None

0
-4,290
0
-824
-4,780
-5,090
-15,000

0
-6,630
0
-1,010
-5,890
-6,280
-19,800

0
-7,070
0
-7,160
-6,800
-7,040
-28,070
1

0
0
0
-627
-3,630
-3,860
-8,110

0
0
0
-782
-4,530
-4,830
-10,100

0
0
0
6,330
-5,420
-5,590
-17,300
2

0
0
0
-452
-2,620
-2,790
. -5,850

0
0
0
-558
-3,230
-3,440
-7,230

0
0
0
-5,480
-4,000
-4,100
-13,600
3

0
0
0
-378
-2,190
-2,330
-4,900

0
0
0
-473
-2,750
-2,920
-6,150

0
0
0
-4,840
-3,420
-3,500
-11,800
4

0
0
0
-310
-1,800
-1,920
-4,040

0
0
0
-389
-2,270
-2,410
-5,070

0
0
0
-4,070
-2,840
-2,900
-9,810
almpacts are zero for facilities in Model Markets A and C because no affected
 facilities are  represented  in  these markets.  Values  are  express  in 1989
 dollars and  rounded to  3  significant digits.  Details may not  sum to totals
 due to rounding.  Producer  welfare losses  in  first  year of regulation.
 Costs will be incurred  in subsequent years but  will decline over  time.
 Recurring annual costs  will be zero 15  years  after  the effective  date of  the
 regulation assuming that  the current stock of uncontrolled machines would be
 replaced by  controlled  machines in the  baseline over  this time period.
      cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of pesrchloroethylene
  (PCE) .  The cutoff  levels  correspond to target  levels  of  annual  receipts  and
 differ depending  on the  type of dry cleaning machine used.   See  Table  7-1
 for description of  cutoff  levels .
                                     7-30

-------
TABLE  7-19.  NET WELFARE IMPACTS FOR EACH SECTOR OF THE DRY CLEANING INDUSTRY
             .BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE  CUTOFF (* THOUSANDS)*
 Industry Sector
 and Regulatory
   Alternative
  "••••^••^^^^•""^^^••^••MM
 Co 1 n — f)pq rfl t ftfi
 ( sel f —fif.Tviaf* \
  Reg I, ii, 4
  None
-1,670
.Size Cutoff*
      2
                                   -388
(plant— opf» rat- p
  Reg I,  II, &
-4,580
     Reg I
    Reg  II
    Reg ill

  Indvisfrjpj 3]
 Reg I,  II,  &
-29,000
-37,000
-47,600
-18,800
-23,400
-32,900
-13,600
-16,700
-25,100
-11,400
-14,200
-21,600
-9,360
-11,700
-18,000
  274
                                   274
                            274

                                    7-31

-------
TABLE 7-20. NET WELFARE IMPACTS FOR MODEL MARKETS IN THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR BY
            REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE CUTOFF (5 THOUSANDS)*
   Model Market
  and Regulatory
Size Cutoffb
Alternative.
Reg I
Market A
Market B.
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg I
Reg II
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg II
Reg ITI
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg III
None

0
-4,290
0
-824
-11,600
12,300
-29,000

0
-6,630
0
-1,010
-14,200
-15,200
-37,000

0
-7,070
0
-7,160
-16,400
-17,000
-47,600
1

0
0
0
-627
-8,790
• -9,350
-18,800

0
0
0
-782
-11,000
-11,700
-23,400

0
0
0
-6,330
-13,100
-13,500
-32,900
2

0
0
0
-452
-6,350
-6,760
-13,600

0
0
0
-557
-7,840
-8,340
-16,700

0
0
0
-5,480
-9,700
-9,940
-25,100
3

0
0
0
-378
-5,320
-5,660
-11,400

0
0
0
-473
-6,660
-7,090
-14,200

0
0
0
-4,840
-8,290
-8,490
-21,600
4

0
0
0
-309
-4,380
-4,660
-9,360

0
0
0
-389
-5,500
-5,860
-11,700

0
0
0
-4,070
-6,880
-7,040
-18,000
a Impacts are zero for facilities in Model Markets A and C because no affected
  facilities  are  represented  in  these markets.  Values are express  in 19&9
  dollars  and rounded to  3  significant digits.  Details may  not  sum to totals
  due to rounding.  Net welfare  impacts  are the sum of producer  and consumer
  welfare  impacts .  Producer  and consumer welfare  losses  in  first year of
  regulation.  Costs  will be  incurred in subsequent years but  will  decline
  over time.   Recurring annual costs will be  zero  15 years after the effective
  date of  the regulation  assuming that the current stock  of  uncontrolled
  machines would  be replaced  by  controlled machines in the baseline over this
  time period.
      cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
  {PCE) .   The  cutoff levels  correspond  to  target levels  of  annual  receipts and
  differ depending  on the type  of  dry cleaning machine used.   See  Table 7-1
  for description of cutoff  levels.
                                     7-32

-------
          Aggregating the welfare effect, from each ,e=cor lead, to an industry
          te  Of  the regulatory cost.   The total industry welfare cost  is estimta
    to be  S<3,250.000 under  Keg^latory alternative  XX  with no si:e  cut«f
    consumers of dry cleaning  services are projected to  lose  a relatively 'smaller
    portion of their welfare  ,«,. 000, 000, than producers  ,530.000,000,   with  a
    sxze cutoff corresponding  to 3100,000 in annual  receipts  (cutoff 4,  welfare
   ^act, are considerably lower.  Producer, lose an estimated ,4,600,000 and
   consumers lose 86,680,000 for a net welfare loss of 811,400,000.
   7.3.3  Plani-
         TO co,nply with a regulatory standard,  facilities »ill nomaily inour
   control  cost,  and ^ have to reduce production levels,  modify production
                            resort'
   Shut
                    on the relationship bet»een the price  of the service and the
  average variable cost of production.  The position of the average variable
   os         . ^^ t                                       ^^
                                                                    ^

   n lud.ng lnput price,.  ,s a result, thi, section of.ers qualitative impact,
  based on output adjustments for each sector,  closure, measured in thi,Tay
  prov.de an estimate of plant closures that i, net of ne. plant, entering tie

  «ar*et.   X» other .ords,  if the regulatory alternative results in 10  plant
  clo,ures  and ,  plant  start-up,,  the  value  e,ti™ated in thi,  analysi,
     totu                        -      ^ "^ ^  ^ " underestimate
 the total number of plants closing, t* additional assumption, have the effect
 of »aklng the e,timate, worst-case in terms of net closures.  Pirst, it i,
 a,su«ed that facilities do not reduce capacity utili2ation, but rat er   he
 entre output reduction i, accounted ,or by facilities shutting do™.  In
       Table,  7-21  and 7-22  ,ho» the nu^r of  facilities in each ,ector and
model market  that  would  shut  do™ in net if the entire  output  reduction wa!
accounted for by the  smallest facilities leaving the industry.   Het plant
dosures «u not lively reach these levels, but for policy evaluati „  thi,
worst-case analysis of net closures i, helpful.
                                     7-33

-------
 TABLE  7-21.  PROJECTED  WORST-CASE NET PLANT CLOSURES  IN EACH  SECTOR OF  THE  DRY
             CLEANING INDUSTRY BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE  CUTOFF3
 Industry Sector
  and Regulatory
   Alternative
                      None
                     Size Cutoffb
  Coin—Operated
  (self—serviced
  Reg I,  II,  &
  Coin—Operated
 (plant—operated)
  Reg  I,  II,  &
  190
  163
 36
   Commercial
      Reg I
     Reg II
     Reg III
1,001
1,246
1,415
337
421
493
147
182
221
 88
110
135
23
28
34
   Industrial
  Reg I,- II, &
aProjected net closures are computed by dividing the estimated change in
  output  (Table  7-13)  measured in kg per  year  by the  minimum size  affected
  plant.  Values  reflect  the  assumption that plants do  not  reduce  capacity
  utilization.
bSize cutoff levels are based on baseline consumption of perchloroethylene
  (PCE).  The cutoff  levels correspond to target levels of  annual  receipts and
  differ  depending on the type of dry cleaning machine  used.   See  Table  7-1
  for description of  cutoff levels.
cRegulatory Alternatives  I,  II, and III  are identical for the Coin-Operated
  and Industrial  Sectors.
                                     7-34

-------
TABLE 7-22. PROJECTED WORST-CASE NET PLANT CLOSURES IN EACH MODEL MARKET OF
            THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR BY REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE CUTOFF3
  Model Market
 and Regulatory
Alternative •
Reg J
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D
Market. E
Market F
Total Reg I
Reg TT
Market A

Market B
Market C
Market D
Market E
Market F
Total Reg II
Reg TTJ
Market A
Market B
Market C
Market D

Market E
• Market F
Total Reg III
	
None

0
0
0
0
485
516
1,001

0

0
0
0
604
642
1,246

0
0
0
0

695
720
1,415
1

0
0
0
0
163
174
337

0
\J
0
0
. 0
204
217
421
H"*"^^MH>BNH^'^^MB^^^MMi

0
0
0


243
250
493
2

0
0
0
0
71
76
147



0
0
0
88
94
182
"^^^^"•••^••••^••••B
0
0
0


109
112
221
3

0
0
0
0
43
45
88
— •• — '

0
0
0
0
53
57
110

0
0
0

0
67
66
135
4

0
0
0
0
11
12
23


0
0
.0
0
14
14
28

0
0
0

0
17
17
34

                                  7-35

-------
       Once again,  the self-service coin-operated facilities would experience
 the most significant impacts with a potential for 190 net plant closures
 without a size cutoff.   This represents 89 percent of the self-serve
 facilities.   Projected worst-case net closures of plant-operated facilities in
 this sector total  163 with no size cutoff.  This represents about 6 percent of
 the plant-operated facilities in the coin-operated sector.   Because dry
 cleaning represents only about 10 percent of a coin-operated laundry's total
 receipts,  this estimate of plant closure is defined as the  estimated number of
 coin laundries that would discontinue their dry cleaning  line of business.
 Given past history and  recent trends of the coin-operated sector some "plant
 closures"  will probably occur,  but it is uncertain whether  they will be caused
 by regulatory compliance costs or a naturally declining growth rate.

       Model Markets E and F in the commercial sector represent markets in
 which output  reductions are likely.   Based on the  estimated output  reductions
 and the  minimum affected plant size,  potential net  closures  in these two model
 markets  total 1,415 under Regulatory Alternative  III  with no  cutoff.   However,
 in  each  of these model  markets  estimated output reductions  are less  than 2
 percent  of total output.

       In view of the  size  of  the  estimated output  reduction,  commercial plants
 will  probably adjust  production levels  without actually closing their
 facilities.   Evidence from Census  data  indicates that  facilities do  respond  to
 changes  in the quantity demanded  by  increasing or reducing output per
 facility.  Census data  indicate that  commercial facilities with payroll were
 operating  at  higher output  levels  on  average  in 1987 than in  1982.  Using data
 on average annual receipts, the number  of plants, the base price, and the
 share of receipts from dry  cleaning activities, the average facility  dry
 cleaned  24,489 kilograms of clothing  in 1982 and 28,335 kilograms in  1987.
 One industry  spokesman  indicated that these changes do not reflect a  trend
 toward larger dry cleaning plants; rather, plants are operating at a  higher
 capacity utilization  (Fisher, 1990a).

      Finally, no plant closures are projected for the industrial sector in
view of the cost savings expected for this sector.
                                     7-36

-------
   7.3.4
         The dry cleaning NESHAP may cause Short-run price impacts in the three
   dry cleaning sectors being examined in this analysis.   If the short-run effect
   of a regulatory alternative is to increase the equilibrium price of dry
   cleaning  services  (in a given sector),  then the short-run market-clearing
   output of services  will be lower  than  the  baseline output.   If the  market-
   clearing  output  declines,  so  may  the demand for labor  services by operators  of
   dry  cleaning  facilities.   Indeed, the  reduction of labor  demand may be
   approximately proportional  to the reduction  in  demand  for dry  cleaning
   services.  Current employees  in dry cleaning facilities may incur a welfare
   loss in the form of reduced pay or lost jobs.   This section discusses the
   anticipated employment effects of the dry cleaning NESHAP.

        Facilities subject to regulation under the NESHAP are generally
  classified in one of three four-digit Standard Industrial Classifications
   : 7215  (Coin-operated laundries and dry cleaning),  7216 (Dry cleaning
  Plants, except rug cleaning),  and  7218  (Industrial launderers) .  Nearly all
  industrial laundering facilities  (SIC 7218,  are already in compliance  with the
  regulatory alternatives  considered and  those facilities that might be  affected
  have  a near-perfect  substitute for dry  cleaning-water  laundering,   in
  addition,   facilities  in  this sector are projected to realize a  cost  savings
  Consequently,   the anticipated  output impacts  on  industrial launderers  are
  likely to be zero, so employment effects in this  sector are not considered
  further.

       The  employment  effects in the coin-operated dry cleaning sector are also
 not presented,  but for a very different reason.   The economic impacts analysis
 indicates that the NESHAP would cause substantial facility closures unless EPA
 exempts small  facilities.  EPA  will thus probably exempt small coin-operated
 facilities,  effectively exempting them all.   Consequently,  the  employment
 effects of  the  NESHAP  are expected  to be minor.

       Effectively, this leaves  commercial dry cleaning plants  (SIC 7216)  as
the potentially-affected  population.  Two employment effects of  the NESHAP  in
the commercial sectors are considered: employee displacements and  employee
displacement costs.  Displacements are job terminations that result from  cut-
                                     7-37

-------
 backs  at  operating facilities  and/or plant  closures.   Displacement  costs are
 welfare losses  incurred by those  workers  displaced by the  NESHAP.

       Employee  Displacements.   For  reasons  discussed  in  Section  4,  the  NESHAP
 will have no  long-run  price or quantity impacts  relative to baseline.   Briefly
 stated, retiring  controlled and uncontrolled dry cleaning  machines  are  being
 replaced  at baseline by controlled machines, so  the long-run baseline price  of
 dry cleaning  services  already  reflects control costs..  Consequently, the
 NESHAP causes no  long-run  quantity  impacts  either,  implying no change in long-
 run commercial  dry cleaning sector employment.

       The NESHAP  may nonetheless  cause short-run disturbances in price,
 output, and employment in  the  commercial  dry cleaning  sector.  Aggregate
 short-run output  reductions  are projected to range  from  0.42 percent of
 baseline  for  Regulatory Alternative I to  0.59 percent  of baseline for
 Regulatory Alternative III.  With market  quantity impacts  below one percent  of
 baseline  under  all  alternatives, conceivably the market  adjustment will  occur
 through output  reductions  at many facilities rather than through complete
 closures  at relatively few.  if, however, facilities are affected in one or
 more markets  with baseline  average variable costs relatively close to price,
 then these facilities  will  likely close.

      Annualized compliance costs under Regulatory Alternatives II and III are
 in the neighborhood of $2,000 to $5,000 for most  affected  facilities (see
 Table 7-9).   An annualized cost of $4,500 represents 4.8 percent of receipts
 of a facility with  annual receipts of $94,000,  6.7 percent of receipts of a
 $67,000 facility,  11 percent of receipts  of a $41,000  facility,  and 25 percent
 of receipts of an $18,000 facility.   Affected facilities in some markets will
be unable to  pass along cost increases even in the short-run,  and those  in
 other markets will be  able to pass along  cost.increases only for a short time
until new facilities open.  Such facilities may be unable  to absorb annualized
 compliance costs as high as 25 percent of receipts.  Some  closures will  likely
occur.

      Because closures are likely to occur,  and output reductions among
operating facilities can themselves  result in worker displacements,  this
analysis assumes that  short-run employment impacts of  regulatory alternatives
are proportional to projected output effects.  An estimated 176,836 workers
                                     7-38

-------
    are on payroll at  commercial dry cleaning plants in 1991.1  The worker
    displacements  of the  three Regulatory Alternatives at various size cutoffs
    implied by  the methodology and assumptions are presented in Table 7-23.

                    TABLE 7-23.   PROJECTED WORKER DISPLACEMENTS*
Regulatory
Alternative None
I 743
II 920
HI 1,043

1
566
707
831
Size Cutoff
2
407
513
619

3
336
424
513

4
283
354
424
   aCb°a^ei7neal ^ ^nTo? S7e°tOr'  P**"11 employees only,  assuming
                                                                           from
Bnplnvff P1lT>Tnn»nrnr
                                    .  Displaced workers  suffer welfare losses
  through several mechanisms  (see Hamermesh, 1989; Maxwell,  1989; Blinder,  1988;
  Flaim, 1984; and Gordon, 1978) :                                           '
        • foregone wages and benefits during job search,
        • out-of-pocket search costs,
        • diminished wages and/or job satisfaction at new jobs, and
        • psychological costs.

        Displacement  risk,  like  risks of injury,  risks  of death,  or otherwise
. unpleasant, working  conditions,  is  a negative  job  attribute for  which workers
 receive compensation in competitive labor market, (Abowd and Ashenfelter,
 1981, .  Abowd and Ashenfelter  (1981, found that the labor  market compensates
 anticipated layoffs and unemployment by 2 to  6 percent higher wages  per year
 Topel  (1984,  used a hedonic wage function to estimate that an anticipated  one-
 point increase in the probability of unemployment (e.g. from  6 per hundred
                      ^                                       -tor in 1987
 the  1987  value and a  2  percent annual gSlti'St
                                      7-39  •

-------
workers to 7 per hundred workers) requires a 2.5 percent increase  in wages to
compensate workers.

      Anderson and Chandran  (1987) developed and demonstrated a methodology to
compute a willingness-to-pay based estimate of worker displacement using
Topel's estimated compensating wage differential.  Their method is analogous
to that used by economists to estimate the implicit value of a life using
labor market data (see Moore and Viscusi, 1990).  The hedonic displacement
cost estimate conceptually approximates the one-time willingness-to-pay to
avoid an involuntary unemployment episode.  Theoretically,  it includes all
worker-borne costs net of any off-setting pecuniary or non-pecuniary
"benefits" of unemployment (e.g., unemployment compensation, leisure time
enjoyment).  The hedonic displacement cost estimate is a net present
valuation.

      Annual (1991)  earnings in the (payroll commercial) dry cleaning industry
are $11,504 (U.S. Department of Labor, 1991b).  Using Topel's compensating
differential estimate and the Anderson-Chandran methodology, dry cleaning
workers would demand an annual compensating differential of $288 ($11,504 *
.025)  to accept a one-point increase in the probability of displacement.  It
is assumed that they would be willing to pay an equivalent amount to avoid
such an increase in the probability of displacement.   The implied statistical
cost of an involuntary layoff is thus $28,800   ($288/.01).

      Regulatory Alternative II would displace a projected total of 920
workers (with no size cutoff).  The displacement cost would be $26.5 million.
The estimated worker displacement cost of $26.5 million under Regulatory
Alternative II with no size cutoff falls to $10.2 million under size cutoff 4.
Table 7-24 shows the worker dislocation costs  in the commercial sector under
each regulatory alternative and size cutoff.

      As noted previously,  worker displacement costs are computed based on the
estimated output reductions in the commercial  sector.  Output reductions occur
as facilities increase prices to cover the increased costs of production* due
to costs of control.  An increase in production costs would have occurred even
in the absence of regulation, however, as owners of dry cleaning facilities
                                     7-40

-------
          TABLE  7-24.   PROJECTED WORKER DISPLACEMENT  COSTS  ($ MILLIONS)*
Regulatory
Alternative
I .
II
III

None
21.4
26.5
30.0

1
16.3
20.4
23.9
•-'— 1
Size Cutoff
2 3 4
H.7 9.7 - 8.2
14.8 12.2 10.2
17.8 14.8 12.2
  •Commercial dry cleaning sector,  payroll employees only, assuming prelected
   worker displacements from Table 7-23.  One-time  (non-recurring) cost
  replaced retiring uncontrolled machines  with controlled machines.   Therefore,
  the  output  reduction used to estimate  worker displacement  and displacement
  costs would have  occurred in the baseline  over  a  15  year time period (assuming
  all  uncontrolled  machines would have been, replaced over this  time period).
  implicit  in the estimated displacement costs  is the  assumption that  this
  baseline  output reduction-and  corresponding  reduction  in employment-would
  have been accounted  for through attrition  rather than worker  dislocation,  in
  other words, the present  value of foregone.future displacement is assumed to
 be zero.

 7.4   OWNERSHIP ADJUSTMENTS IN COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING SECTOR
       To  estimate the financial impacts of the regulatory alternatives on
 businesses,  estimating the number  of firms they affect is necessary.  As
 explained in Section 7.1,  not all  dry cleaning facing would be  affected by
 the regulatory  alternatives being  considered.   Within the commercial dry
 cleaning  sector itself,  facilities that use solvents  other  than PCE  and PCE
 facilities that are already ir. compliance with the alternatives  (perhaps
 because of state regulations)  will be unaffected by the  NESHAP.   This suggests
 that  some  firms will  also  be  unaffected by  the NESHAP.

      Affected  firms  and affected facilities are one-and-the-same for single-
plant firms  (i.e.,  single-facility firms without an affected facility are
                                     7-41

-------
 themselves  unaffected as  business  entities).   In  the  case  of multiplant  firms,
 the  number  of affected firms  is harder  to  estimate.   A six-facility firm,  for
 example,  might have six affected facilities,  six  unaffected facilities,  or any
 combination of both.   In  this analysis,  it is assumed that the proportion  of
 affected  firms is  identical to the proportion of  affected  facility«»« for all
 firm sizes.  The estimated total number of affected firms  is probably not  too
 sensitive to this  assumption  because only  478 of  27,332  firms  (1.75 percent)
 have more than two facilities (see Tables  5-2 and 5-4 in Section  5).

      Estimates of affected firms  are presented in Tables  7-25 through 7-28.
 Affected  firms are categorized by  size  and baseline financial condition.
 Tables  7-25 and 7-26  present  estimates  of  affected firms by size  and condition
 assuming  the financial scenario I  relationship between firm size  and
 condition,  while Tables 7-27  and 7-28 are  based on the the financial  scenario
 II assumption.

      The financial impact of a regulatory alternative on  a firm  depends
 largely on  the number and type of  affected facilities  it owns, if any.
 Because large  numbers of  unaffected facilities and unaffected companies exist,
 many  firms  are not  affected.   Because most  firms  own  a single facility and
 most  facilities  have  a  single machine, most affected  firms are affected by the
 capital and annual  operating  costs of a single control device.  Others,
 however, are financially  affected by the capital  and.annual operating costs of
 two or more  control devices because they own more than one machine  in one or
more  facilities.

      The facility weighted-average equipment prices and annual operating
 costs faced by firms  in various receipts ranges under  the three regulatory
 alternatives are presented in  Table 7-29.  Equipment costs are similar under
 all alternatives for  firms under $100,000 annual receipts because they are
essentially  "single-machine firms."  Firms over $100,000 would face equipment
costs of $15,000 to $17,000,   on average.

      This analysis assumes that the owner(s)  of an affected firm will try to
pursue a course of action that maximizes the value of  the firm,  subject to
                                     7-42

-------
TABLE 7-25. NUMBER OF AFFECTED DRY CLEANING FIRMS BY SIZE AND BASELINE
            """""""T CONDITION, FINANCIAL SCENARIO I—REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES
Receipts Range
($000)
<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
100-250
250-500
>500
Total
— • — • 	
——-———-—-—-——— i ____
Baseline Financial Condition
Total
3..188
1,684
772
660
1,620
680
376
8,980
Below Average
3,188
58
0
0
0
0
0
3,246
Average
0
1,626
772
660
1,059
0
0
4,117
Above Average
0
0
0
0
561
680
376
1,617

                                 receiPts ran*e computed based on the
                                                                 the
average, average, and above-average f inancl conion in e^h
range is based on the distribution reported in Table 5-5 for all
                                  7-43

-------
TABLE  7-26. NUMBER OF AFFECTED DRY CLEANING FIRMS BY SIZE AND BASELINE
            FINANCIAL CONDITION, FINANCIAL SCENARIO I—REG5ULATORY ALTERNATIVE
            III
Receipts Range
<$000>
<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
100-250
250-500
>500
Total
Baseline Financial Condition
Total
3,396
1,896
956
876
2,188
920
512
10,744
Below Average
3,396
65
0
0
0
0
0
3,461
Average
0
1,831
956
876
1,430
0
0
5,093
Above Average
0
0
0
0
758
920
512
2,190
aNumber of affected firms in each receipts range computed based on the
  assumption  that  the.proportion of  affected firms  is  identical to the
  proportion  of affected facilities  (see Tables  2-2, 5-2,  and 7-3) .
^Assumes a positive relationship between firm size and baseline financial
  condition  (Financial Scenario  I).   The share of affected firms in below-
  average, average, and above-average financial  condition  in each receipts
  range  is based on the distribution reported in Table 5-5 for all firms.
                                     7-44

-------
TABLE 7-27. NUMBER OF AFFECTED DRY CLEANING FIRMS BY SIZE AND BASELINE

            FINANCIAL CONDITION, FINANCIAL SCENARIO II--REGULATORY
            ALTERNATIVES I AND II
Receipts Range
($000)
<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
100-250
250-500
>500
Total
-»—•—-
Baseline Financial Condition
Total
3,188
1,684
772
660
1,620
680
376
8,980
Below Average
797
421
193
165
405
170
94
2,245
Average
1,594
842
386
330
810
340
188
4,490
Above Average
797
421
193
165
405
170
94
2,245
            h   ,H *"** ** ^ receiPts ""** computed baSed on the
           that the proportion of affected firms is identical to the
proportion of affected  facilities (see Tables 2-2, 5-2, and 7-2°.


 £ft«ii         ent  °f affected  fiims «• below-average,  50  percent of
avf™ ffif^T av"age' and 25 Percent of af-fected firr^ are above-
average financial condition in the baseline  (Financial Scenario II)
                                  7-45

-------
TABLE 7-28. NUMBER OF AFFECTED DRY CLEANING FIRMS BY SIZE AND BASELINE
            FINANCIAL CONDITION, FINANCIAL SCENARIO II—REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE
            III
Receipts Range
($000)
<25
25-50
50-75
75-100
100-250
250-500
>500
Total
Baseline Financial Condition
Total
3,396
1,896
956
876
2,188
920
. 512
10,744
Below Average
849
474
239
219
547
230
128
2,686
Average
1,698
948
477
438
1,094
460
257
5,372
Above Average
849
474
239
219
547
230
128
2,686
aNumber of affected firms in each receipts range computed based on the
  assumption  that  the  proportion  of  affected  firms  is  identical  to  the
  proportion  of  affected facilities  (see Tables  2-2, 5-2,  and 7-3).

bAssumes that 25 percent of affected firms are below-average, 50 percent of
  affected firms are average,  and 25 percent  of  affected firms are  above-
  average  financial condition  in  the baseline (Financial Scenario II).
                                     7-46

-------
   TABLE  7-29.  INSTALLED  PRICE  OF  CONTROL  EQUIPMENT AND ANNUAL OPERATING COST  BY
               REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE OF FIRM*                      '
Receipts Range
($000)
<25


25-50


50-75


75-100


>100


Regulatory
Alternative
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
                                           Equipment Price
                                                 ($)
                                                7,515
                                                6,682
                                                6,701
                                                7,302
                                                6,613
                                                6,651
                                                6,804
                                                6,451
                                                6,550
                                                7,334
                                                6,780
                                                6,829
                                              16,538
                                              15,222
                                              15,274
                                                             Annual Operating
                                                                 Cost  ($)
                                                                    338
                                                                   1,789
                                                                   1,838
                                                                    272
                                                                   1,471
                                                                   1,580
                                                                    186
                                                                    789
                                                                  1,121
                                                                    137
                                                                  1,098
                                                                  1,447
                                                                    -99
                                                                  1,804
                                                                  2,745
*^i ™^e "^":*™*? acros* a«ected facilities and
          2
 ami 7-7?
                                                                         Costs
                                                                        in  ^
                                          and the costs  reported  in  Tables  7-6
 uncertainties  about actual costs of compliance and the behavior of other
 firms.   The  owners'  response options include
       •  closing the facility,
       •  bringing the facility into compliance  with the regulation,  and
       •  selling the  facility.

If the expected post-compliance value of an affected facility is negative  (or
simply lower than the "scrap value" of the facility), the owner of the plant
will likely close it.  If the expected post-compliance value is positive and
                                     7-47

-------
greater  than  the  scrap value, the owner will either bring it into compliance
or  sell  it  to another firm that will do so.

      Whether the firm keeps or sells the facility depends on the financial
condition of  the  firm.  If the firm has and/or can borrow sufficient funds to
make a facility compliant, it keeps the facility.  If instead the firm has
inadequate  funds  and debt capacity, it sells or closes the facility.  In this
analysis, it  is assumed that firms in below-average financial condition cannot
borrow money.  These firms either have sufficient cash and purchase the
control  equipment, or they have insufficient funds and sell the facility to
another  firm.

      Firms in average or above-average financial condition are assumed to
borrow the  required funds, though possibly some of them will use internal
funds instead of  or in conjunction with borrowing.  It is assumed that seven-
year bank notes at 11 percent interest are available to above-average firms,
and that similar  notes at 11.5 percent interest are available to average
firms.   The annual amortized (principal plus interest) payments on these
notes—available  only to firms in above-average or average financial
condition—are presented in Table 7-30.  Just as the control equipment costs
vary little across firms under $100,000 annual receipts,  so do the note
payments.  Note payments for firms in average and above-average financial
condition are very similar because the interest rates are within one-half
percent  of one another.  Even though lenders are assumed to view firms in
below-average  financial condition as much riskier than those in average
financial condition, they are assumed to view above-average firms as only
slightly less  risky than average firms.

      Firms that purchase control devices with cash have high initial cash
outlays but low recurring annual expenses.  Firms that purchase control
devices with borrowed funds have low initial cash outlays but higher recurring
annual expenses.  The initial cash outlays and recurring annual expenses
incurred by firms of different types and sizes are presented in Table 7-31.
As described above, firms in average and above-average financial condition can
borrow funds and thus don't have to use cash to purchase control equipment.
Their recurring annual expenses,  however,  include interest and principal
payments on seven-year notes in addition to annual operating costs.   Firms in
                                     7-48

-------
 TABLE 7-30. ANNUAL PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS ON A SEVEN-YEAR NOTE BY

             .REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE, FIRM SIZE, AND INTEREST RATE  ($)*
Regulatory Alternative

$100,000 annual receipts
11.0% note
11.5% note
=^==^Bl^=!a=!^==^=^BBSHS==BS=^==
I

1,595
1,621

1,550
1,575

1,444
1,467

1,556
1,582

3,510
3,567
^— ^— — — ^— ^— --
II

1,418
1,441

1,403
1,426

1,369
1,391

1,439
1,462'

3,231
3,283
III

1,422
1,445

1,412
1,434

1,390
1,473

1,449
.1,473

3,241
3,294
•Seven-year notes at 11.5 percent interest available to firms in average
  financial  condition;  11 percent notes available to above-average firms
  costs  are  computed using data  from Table 7-29.
                                    7-49

-------
TABLE 7-31. INITIAL CASH OUTLAY REQUIREMENT* AND RECURRING ANNUAL EXPENSES6 BY
            FIRM SIZE, FINANCIAL CONDITION, AND REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE  ($)
Firm Financial Condition
Receipts
Range
($000)
<25


25-50


50-75


75-100


>100


Reoulatorv Below Average
Altern-
atives
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
Cash
Outlay
7,515
6,682
6,701
7,302
6,613
6,651
6,804
6,451
6,550
7,334
6,780
6,829
16,538
15,222
15,274
Annual
Expense
338
1,789
1,838
272
1,471
1,580
186
798
1,121
137
1,098
1,447
-99
1,804
2,745
Average
Cash
Outlay
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Annual
Expense
1,959
3,230
3,283
1,647
2,897
3,015
1,653
2,189
2,533
1,719
2,560
2,920
3,467
5,087
6,039
Above Average
Cash
Outlay
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
. 0
0
0
0
0
0
Annual
• Expense
1,933
3,207
3,260
1,822
2,874
2,992
1,630
2,167
2,511
1,693
2,537
. 2,896
3,411
5,035
5,987
alnitial cash outlay equals cost of control equipment for firms in below-
  average  financial  condition assuming  they are  unable to debt finance;  zero
  for  average  and above-average  firms assuming debt  financing (see
  Table  7-29).
bRecurring annual expenses include annual operating cost  (all firms) (see •
  Table  7-29)  plus seven-year note annual principal  and interest  payment for
  average  and  above-average firms  (see  Table 7-30).
                                     7-50

-------
   below-average financial condition have large cash requirements because they
   cannot  borrow money but have only operating costs as recurring annual
   expenses.

        The firm financial impacts  of the  regulatory alternatives are assessed
   by

        • computing post-compliance pro  fnrma  income statements  and balance
          sheets of firms of different sizes  and financial  conditions;
        • computing the implied post-compliance financial ratios  of these
          firms; and

        • comparing baseline and post-compliance statements and ratios to
          discern clearly adverse financial impacts.

        The pro forma  financial statements of affected firms are presented in
  Appendix A.   in all  cases, revenues are assumed to be unaffected by the
  regulatory alternatives.  The following adjustments are made to statements  of
  firms  of all  sizes in below-average financial condition.   In the annual income
  statement, other expenses and taxes increase by the amount of the recurring
  compliance costs, and net profits  fall  by the same amount.   In  the balance
  sheet, cash declines  by  the price  of the  control equipment and  fixed assets
  rise by  the same amount.   These firms have simply  "traded- cash  for control
 devices  in an accounting sense, so total  assets and total liabilities remain
 unchanged.  Because,  in fact,  none of the firms in below-average financial
 condition i^B, adequate cash to purchase control devices, their failures will
 be caused by  capital  availability constraints (see discussion below).  The
 liabilities side of the  balance sheet is unaffected because the firms enter
 into  no new legal obligations.

      The following adjustments  are made to  statements of firms  of all  sizes
 in average  and above-average financial condition.   In the annual income
 statement, other expenses and  taxes increase  by the amount  of the recurring
 compliance costs and the  annual note payments  (see  Table 7-31),  and net
 profits fall by the same  amount.  In the balance sheet,  cash  is unaffected
because these firms borrow money for purchasing control  equipment.   Fixed and
total assets increase by the value  (price, of  the control equipment.  On the
liabilities side of the balance sheet, total liabilities and net worth have to
increase by the same  amount.  Both current and non-current liabilities
                                     7-51

-------
increase.  Notes payable  (this year) increase by the amount of the annual
principal and interest payment  (from Table 7-30).  Non-current liabilities
 (which  include bank notes) increase by the loan amount  (control equipment
price)  leaa the amount of principal payable this year  (which is part of the
increase in notes payable).  Because the assets of the firm have increased by
the value  (price) of the control equipment but the liabilities have increased
by that amount plus interest costs, the net worth of the firm declines
somewhat.  Financial ratios commonly used to measure financial viability are
described in  Table 7-32.

      The post-compliance (and baseline reference) financial ratios of
affected firms of different sizes and financial types derived from the pro
forma statements in Appendix A are presented in Tables 7-33 through 7-37.
Financial ratio impacts on firms with annual receipts below $25,000 are
presented first.  All three regulatory alternatives will likely have
substantial adverse impacts on firms of this size, regardless of baseline
financial condition.  The impacts of the alternatives on firms in below-
average and average financial condition are most apparent,  but impacts even on
above-average  firms may be substantial.  The smallest-size, above-average
firms remain profitable under Regulatory Alternative I but  may be unprofitable
under Alternatives II and III.  Note that the debt ratios of average and
above-average  firms increase very substantially because they borrow funds to
purchase control equipment.

      The debt ratio of below-average firms is unaffected because they must
rely on cash rather than borrowed funds to purchase equipment,  but liquidity
impacts are substantial.

      Financial impacts diminish as firm size increases.  Although the
baseline financial ratios of firms of all sizes in any given financial
condition are the same, the magnitudes of their flows and balances vary by
size.  For example,  even though firms of all sizes in average financial
condition have the same baseline profit-to-sales ratio (7.0),  a firm with
twice the sales receipts of another has twice the annual profits as well.
Because the cost of purchasing and operating control equipment is about the
same for most firms under $100,000,  the financial impacts are greater for the
smaller firms.
                                     7-52

-------
                        TABLE  7-32.   KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS
 LIQUIDITY
ACTIVITY
Firari
                                 total current assets divided by total current
                       T,K-i^:~~'S*i  Measures the degree to which current
                       liabilities-legal  obligations  coming due  within the
                       H!^"?rC  covere<* bV current assets-assets that can be
                       readily converted  into cash.   Post-compliance  ratios
                       significantly  below 0.8-the lower quartile (LQ)  ratio
                       for^dry cleaning firms (firms)  in the Dun and
                                  {D&B) data  base_a-re considereci indicators  of
                            Turnover Ratio:  annual sales divided by fixed
                      assets.  Measures how efficiently the firm uses its
                      plant and equipment to generate sales.  Post-compliance
                      in thl D*fndLiCa£tly bel°W 2-30~the LQ ratio forfiSs
                      in the D4B data base-are considered indicators of
LEVERAGE
PROFITABILITY
Debt Ratio:  total liabilities divided by total liabilities
      plus net-worth.  Measures the legal debt burden of the
      rirm.  Post-compliance ratios significantly above 60
      percent-theLQ ratio for firms in the D&B data base-are
      considered indicators of capital availability
      constraints and thus business failure.

      -tn-Salfls  Ran-0;   annual net profit divided by annual
      sales,  expressed as  a percentage.   Measures the excess
                                                   age.    easures  the ex
                      or _ annual  revenues over annual accounting costs of
                      doing  business.   Post-compliance  ratios  significantly
                      below  one  percent-the  LQ ratio for  firms in  the D&B
                      data base-are. considered indicators  of business
                      £dix
                Ratio
                                        annual net profit divided by total
                         ,™ n          3 3 Percenta^-  Measures the return
                        current and non-current assets.  Post-compliance
                                                    P«cent-the L? ra?io for
                                                    COnside"d indicators of
                   Pflt in.:
                                           annual net profit divided by the
                                            exP^ssed as a percentage Y
                                  acc?unting return to the owners of the
                     n™K   °mP liance ratios significantly below 3.6
                     percent-the LQ ratio for  firms in the D4B data base-
                     are considered indicators of business failure
        Van Home, 1980.
                                    7-53

-------
TABLE 7-33. BASELINE AND AFFECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:  <$25,000 FIRM RECEIPTS3

Liquidity
current ratio (times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Activity
fixed asset turnover ratio
(times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Leverage
debt ratio (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profitability
profit to sales (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
profit to assets (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profit to net-worth
(percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Baseline
Below Average


0.80
-1.64
-1.37
-1.38



2.30
1.17
1.23
1.23


60
60
60
60


1.0
-0.9
-9.1
-9.4

1.4
-1.3
-13.0
-13.4


3.6
-3.2
-32.4
-33.4
Financial
Average


1.73
0 . 92
0.97
0.97



5.56
1.66
1.80
1.79


46
77
75
75


7.0
-4.0
-11.2
-11.5

14.5
-4,5
-13.0
-13.4


26.8
-19.1
-51.5
-52.9
Condition
Above Average


5.10
1.16
1.27
1.27



7.54
1.80
1.96
1.96


15
'-64
62
62


13.0
2.1
-5.1
-5.4

32.5
2.. 6
-6.5
-6.9


38.2
7.2
-17.0
-18.0
aBaseline ratios are computed using data from Duns Analytical Services  (1990)
 Ratios  under each  Regulatory Alternative are computed using cost data in
 Table 7-31 and data  from Duns Analytical Services (1990.) .
                                     7-54

-------
  TABLE 7-34.  BASELINE AND AFFECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:

              RECEIPTS*
$25,000-50,000 FIRM

Liquidity
current ratio (times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Activity
fixed asset turnover ratio
(times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Leverage
debt ratio (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profitability
profit to sales (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
profit to assets (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profit to net-worth
(percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Baseline
Below Average


0.80
-0.24
-0.14
-0.14



2.30
1.63
1.67
1.67


60
60
60
60


1.0
0.3
-2.6
-2.9

1.4
0.5
-3.8
-4.1


3.6
1.2
-9.4
-10.4
«HHHMR9
Financial
Average


1.73
1.26
1.29
1.29



5.56
2.78
2.92
2.91


46
64
62
63


7.0
2.4
-0.1
-0.4

14.5
3.7
-0.2
-0.7


26.8
10.2
-0.6
-1.8
»-—•«—•••«•,
Condition



5.10
2.09
2.21
2.21



7.54
3.20
3.38
3.37


15
45
43
43


13.0
3.5
5.9
5.6

32.5
14.7
10.5
10 . 0


38.2
26.6
18.4
17.5
"Baseline  ratios  are computed using data from Duns Analytical Services  (1990)

        ^anrS/T13^7 Alternati-  •«  computed "using cost data in
        -31 and data from  Duns Analytical  Services  (1990) .
                                     7-55

-------
TABLE 7-35. BASELINE AND AFFECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:   $50,000-75,000  FIRM
            RECEIPTS*

                                           Baseline Financial Condition
                                      Below Average    Average   Above Average
Liquidity
current ratio (times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III


0
0
0
0


.80
.22
.25
.24


1
1
1
1


.73
,.43
,.44
.44


5.
2.
2.
2.


10
81
88
86
   Activity
         fixed asset turnover ratio
         (times)
            Baseline                      2.30          5.56         7.54
            RA I                          1.87          3.55         4.27
            RA II                         1.89          3.62         4.37
            RA III                        1.88          3.60         4.34
   Leverage
         debt ratio (percent)
            Baseline                     60            46           15
            RA I                         60            57           34
            RA II                        60            57           34
            RA III                       60            57           34
   Profitability
         profit to sales (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
profit to assets (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profit to net-worth
(percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
1
0
-0
-0

1
1
-0
-1


3
2
-0
-2
.0
.7
.2
.7

.4
.0
.3
.0


.6
.6
.7
.4
7
4
3
3

14
7
6
5


26
18
14
12
.0
.5
.7
.2

.5
.8
.5
.6


.8
.2
.9
.9
13
10
9
9

32
21
19
18


38
32
29
28
.0
.6
.8
.3

.5
.1
.7
.6


.2
.1
.7
.1
aBaseline ratios are computed using data from Duns Analytical Services  (1990)
 Ratios  under each  Regulatory  Alternative are computed using cost data in
 Table 7-31 and data  from Duns Analytical Services (1990).
                                     7-56

-------
 TABLE  7-36.  BASELINE AND AFFECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:
             RECEIPTS3
                                                        $75,000-100,000 FIRM


Liquidity
current ratio (times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Activity
fixed asset turnover ratio
(times)
Baseline
RA I '
RA II
RA III
Leverage
debt ratio (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profitability
profit to sales (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
profit to assets (percent)
Baseline
RA I

RA II
RA III
Profit to net-worth
(percent)
Baseline
RA I

RA II
RA III
•MMBIBBBBBM
Baseline
Below Average


0.80
0.35
0.38
0.38



2.30
1.95
1.98
1.97


60
60
60
60


1.0
0.9
-0.2
-0.5

1.4

1.2
-0.2
-0.8


3.6

3.1
-0.6
-1.9
BBBOBaOMBBCB
Financial
Average


1.73
1.49
1.50
1.50



5.56
3.87
3.97
3.96


46
55
54
55


7.0
5.2
4.3
3.9

14.5

9.2
7.7
7.0


26.8

20.5
16.9
15.4
asseatatBMacamacaaraa
Condition
Above Average


5.10
3.14
3.23
3.22



7.54
4.74
4.88
4.87


15
31
30
30


13.0
11.2
10.3
9 . 9

32.5

23.4
21 . 8
21 0
*. A » W

38.2

33.8
31.0
29.9
Baseline ratios are computed using data  from Duns  Analytical Services  (1990)
 Ratios  under each Recrulatorv Alternative are computed "using cost  data in    '
  .                  -*      •* 	— -P. — —™ w^. * -w s*i«5 ^ umpi
Table 7-31 and data from Duns Analytical Services
                                                     (1990) .
                                    7-57

-------
TABLE 7-37. BASELINE AND AFFECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:  >S100,000 FIRM RECEIPTS*

                                           Baseline  Financial  Condition
                                     Below Average    Average   Above Average
Liquidity
current ratio (times)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III


0.80
0.54
0.56
0.56


1.73
1.58
1.59
1.59


5.10
3.75
3.83
3.83
   Activity
         fixed asset turnover ratio
         (times)
            Baseline                      2.30          5.56         7.54
            RA I                          2.09          4.45         5.63
            RA II                         2.10          4.52         5.75
            RA III                        2.10          4.52         5.74
   Leverage
         debt ratio  (percent)
            Baseline                     60            46           15
            RA I                         60            51           25
            RA II                        60            51           24
            RA III                       60            51           24
   Profitability
         profit to sales  (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
profit to assets (percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
Profit to net-worth
(percent)
Baseline
RA I
RA II
RA III
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.3

1.4
1.5
0.7
0.4


3.6
3.7
1.8
0.9
7.0
6.1
5.6
5.2

14.5
11.5
10.7
10.2


26.8
23.7
21.9
20.9
13.0
12.1
11.6
11.4

32.5
27.1
26.3
25.8


38.2
36.0
34.7
33.9
 aBaseline  ratios are computed using data  from Duns  Analytical Services (1990)
  Ratios under each Regulatory Alternative are computed using cost  data  in
  Table 7-31 and data from Duns Analytical Services  (1990) .
                                      7-58

-------
        To illustrate, consider the impacts of Regulatory Alternative II on
  profit-to-net worth of two firms in average financial condition—one with
  annual receipts of $40,545 and the other of $93,829.  Even though the sales of
  the latter are 2.3 times those of the former,  the cost of purchasing and
  operating the control device is about the same for both (see Table 7-29).   The
  baseline profit-to-net worth ratio is 26.8 percent for both firms, but the
  profits and net worth of the larger firm are 2.3 times higher than those  of
  the smaller firm.   Thus,  Regulatory Alternative II reduces estimated
  profitability of the smaller firm to -0.6 percent but reduces estimated
  profitability of the larger  firm to 16.9  percent.

        Once  firm size reaches  $75-100,000  in  annual receipts,  firms in  average
  and above-average  financial  condition are affected but  remain reasonably
  profitable,  liquid,  and properly  leveraged under  all  three  regulatory
  alternatives.   The projected  financial impacts  on  even the  largest  firms in
  below-average financial condition, however,  remain  significant.  Table 7-37
  indicates that  large, below-average firms have  estimated baseline
  profitability ratios  (to sales) of 1.0 percent.  Regulatory Alternatives II
  and III reduce profitability to 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent, respectively.
 Regulatory Alternative I has a small profitability impact because operating
 costs of the control capital are low (see Table 7-31).  The below-average
 model firm's estimated current ratio falls significantly from 0.80  to 0.54,
 however,  because control capital costs are high relative to cash balances.

       Projected financial failures of businesses under the financial scenario
 I are presented in  Table  7-38.  Business  failures  are  thus dissolutions of
 legal entities.   In this  context,  businesses  fail  either because they do not
 have and  are unable to borrow sufficient  funds  to  purchase control  equipment
 for  the dry  cleaning  facility(ies)  they own or  because after making the dry
 cleaning  facility(ies)  they own  compliant,  revenues  would be insufficient to
 meet  legal financial  obligations.  Again,  business  failures  are  not
 necessarily  associated with_facility closures.   Economically viable compliant
 facilities may be sold rather than closed, because they still generate
 revenues in excess of variable costs.  Because the excess revenues may be
 insufficient to pay existing and new legal obligations of some firms, however,
the facility may be sold to another, more financially viable firm.
                                     7-59

-------
TABLE 7-38. PROJECTED FINANCIAL FAILURES OF COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING FIRMS BY
            REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND SIZE CUTOFF, FINANCIAL SCENARIO I
            (NUMBER OF FIRMS AND PERCENT)3
Regulatory
Alternative
I

II

III


None
3,246
11.9%
4,872
17.8
5,292
19.4%
Size
<25,000
58
0.2%
1,684
6.2%
1,896
6.9%
Cutoff ($000)
<50,000
0
0%
0
0%
0
0%

<75,000
0
0%
0
0%
0
0%

<100,000
0
0%
0
0%
0
0%
Percentage of all dry cleaning firms in U.S. in 1991.   Assumes full
  absorbtion of  compliance costs.  Financial  failure  is  d«jfined as  (1)  the
  lack of sufficient  funds or  inability  to  borrow sufficient  funds  to purchase
  the required control  equipment or  (2)  insufficient  revenues to meet legal
  financial obligations due to increased costs  of production.
      Under financial scenario I that most firms in below-average condition
have annual receipts under $25,000 and all have receipts under $50,000, the
number of financial failures assuming no size cutoff ranges from 3,246 to
5,292, depending on the Regulatory Alternative.  Projected failures are
substantially reduced with a $25,000 receipts cutoff, and zero with a $50,000
or higher cutoff.

      Projected financial failures under financial scenario II with no
systematic relationship between firm size and financial condition are
presented in Table 7-39.  While projected failures are only 11 percent to 17
percent higher (depending on the Regulatory Alternative) under the financial
scenario II assumption assuming no size cutoff, they are substantially higher
under any positive size cutoff.
                                     7-60

-------
  TABLE 7-39.  PROJECTED FINANCIAL FAILURES  OF COMMERCIAL DRY CLEANING FIRMS BY
              REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE AND  SIZE CUTOFF,  FINANCIAL SCENARIO II
              (NUMBER OF FIRMS  AND PERCENT)a
Regulatory
Alternative
None
I 3,839
11.0%
II 5,478
28.0%
III 5,183
22.6%
Size

<25,000
1,448
5.3%
2,290
8.4%
2,787
10.2%
••^^M
Cutoff ($000)


-------
-J
a\
                      7,000 T
                      6,000 - -
                      5,000 - -
                      4,000 --
          Potential
         Ownership
          Changes
                      3,000 - -
                      2,000 • -
                      1,000 - -
      Capital Availability Constraints

|    1 Profitability  Impacts
                                                                                   58
                                           No Cutoff
                                             Size  Cutoff  in  Annual  Receipts  ($000)
               25
         Figure 7-3.  Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts, Financial Scenario I--Regulatory Alternative I

-------
-J
I
o\
u>
           Potential

          Ownership

            Changes
                        7,000 T-
                        6,000
                       5,000
                       4,000
                       3,000
                       2,000 -
                       f,000 -
                                              4,872
1,626
                                           No Cutoff
                             Capital Availability Constraints



                       I	I Profitability Impacts
                                                                                    25
                                             Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
         Figure  7-4.   Capital  Availability  and  Profitability Impacts, Financial
                                  Scenario I—Regulatory Alternative II

-------
-J
I
01
4k
            Potential
           Ownership
             Changes
                        7,000  -T-
                        6,000  - -
                        5,000  - -
                        4,000  --
                        3,000  - -
                        2,000  •-
                        1,000  --
HHH Capital Availability Constraints


I     | Profitability  Impacts
                                            No Cutoff
                                               Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
         Figure 7-5.  Capital Availability and  Profitability  Impacts, Financial Scenario  I—Regulatory Alternative  III

-------
I

Ul
          Potential

         Ownership

           Changes
                       7,000  7-
                       6,000  - -
                      5,000 - -
                      4,000 - -   3,839
                      3,000 - -
                      2,000 - -
                      1,000 -
1,594
                                          Capital  Availability Constraints



                                   I     I  Profitability Impacts
                                                                                       669
                               No Cutoff        25           50            75



                                            Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts  ($000)
                                                      100
                                                                                                    264
                                                                   250
       Figure 7-6.  Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts, Financial Scenario II-Regulatory Alternative I

-------
I
9)
O\
           Potential
          Ownership
            Changes
                       7,000  -r
                       6,000  - -
                       5,000 --
                       4,000 "
                       3,000 --
                       2,000 '-
                       1,000 - -
                                  5,478
                                  3,233
2,290
                     UM Capital  Availability  Constraints


                     |     | Profitability Impacts
                                No Cutoff        25           50           "75


                                              Size  Cutoff  in Annual Receipts  ($000)
                                         100
                                                                                                     264
250
         Figure 7-7. "Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts,  Financial Scenario II—Regulatory Alternative II

-------
~J
«r>
    Potential
    Ownership
     Changes
                 7,000 T
                 6,000
                5,000 - -
                4,000 - -
                3,000 - -
                2,000 - -
                1,000 -
                            6,183
                           3,495
                                        2,787
                                                                     iiHl  Capital Availability Constraints

                                                                     I	I  Profitability Impacts
                         No Cutoff        25            50           75


                                       Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts  ($000)
                                                                                         100
                                                                                               358
                                                                                                      250
Figure 7-8.  Capital Availability and Profitability Impacts, Financial Scenario
                                                                                        II—Regulatory Alternative III

-------
      Under financial scenario I,  Regulatory Alternative I is projected to
result in failures only of firms in below-average financial condition at
baseline (see Figure 7-9).  Regulatory Alternatives II and III,  however, are
projected to result in failures of firms in both average and below-average
baseline financial condition,  though there are no failures with a size cutoff
of $50,000 or higher (see Figures  7-10 and 7-11).

      Under financial scenario II  with no systematic relationship between firm
size and financial condition,  a share of.projected closures are among firms in
average and above-average financial condition, but only with no size cutoff or
a $25,000 size cutoff.   With any size cutoff of $50,000 or higher, all
projected closures are of firms in below-average financial condition (see
Figures 7-12 through 7-14).

7.5   EFFECTS ON SMALL BUSINESSES
      The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires that special consideration be
given to the impacts of all proposed regulations affecting small businesses.
Obviously, small business effects  within the industrial sector are not an
issue because production cost savings are predicted for this sector.
Therefore, the focus of the analysis of small business effects will be limited
to the coin-operated and commercial sectors.

      The Small Business Administration (SBA) sets the standards for
classifying a business as small.  If 20 percent of the small affected firms in
a regulated industry will incur a  significant adverse economic impact then a
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis must be prepared or size cutoffs that mitigate
impacts on small facilities must be implemented.  Criteria for determining
what is a "significantly adverse economic impact" on small business entities
are as follows (EPA, 1982) :
      • Annual compliance costs increase total costs of production  for  small
        entities by more than 5 percent.
      • Compliance costs as a percent of sales for small entities are at
        least 10 percent higher than compliance costs as a percent  of sales
        for large entities.
                                     7-68

-------
I No Cutoff
01
U>




Size Cutoff in
im Below Average | |
25

Annual Receipts ($000)
Average fejk-j Above



Average
Figure 7-9. Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures, Financial Scenario I-
            Regulatory Alternative I

-------
-J
I
                                 No Cutoff                                           25

                                          Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
                                 Below Average       |     |  Average
Above Average
                 Figure 7-10. Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures, Financial Scenario  I-

                              Regulatory Alternative II

-------
-J
                                    No Cutoff
                                                                                       25
                                                 Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
                                    Below Average       |     |  Average
Above Average

-------
-J
K)
                                 NO Cutoff                                          25

                                             Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
DHH Below Average
CU
Average
[" | Above Average
           Figure 7-12. Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures, Financial Scenario  II-
                        Regulatory Alternative I

-------
-1
I
10
                    No Cutoff
                                                              25
                                          Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
                                 Below Average       |     j  Average
                                                                                                  50
Above Average
                                                     of
                                                                                               Scenario II—

-------
-4
I
                Ho  Cutoff
                 25

Size Cutoff in Annual Receipts ($000)
                                         Average       |     |  Average
                                                                                                50
                                            Above Average
           Figure 7-14.  Baseline Financial Condition of Projected Business Failures, Financial Scenario II-
                         Regulatory Alternative III

-------
          .Capital costs of compliance represent a significant portion of
           capital available to small entities,  considering internal cash flow
           plus external financing capabilities.

                                                                   in closures
        Firms in the dry cleaning industry are classified as small or large
  based on annual sales receipts (Code nf FiM»r.i ».»«!.*«,».-  1M1, .  For the
  coin-operated sector small businesses are defined as firms earning less than
  $3.5 million in annual receipts.   Likewise commercial firms are classified as
  small if they earn less than $2.5 million per year.  By these definitions,
  over 99 percent of coin-operated and commercial dry cleaning firms are small
  (U.S. Dept.  of Commerce,  1990b).

        There  are an estimated 27,332  commercial  dry cleaning firms  operating in
  the U.S.   Table 7-38  projects the  number  of  commercial  firms  likely to
  experience financial  faille under financial scenario I and the share of  all
  commercial firms that this number  represents.   Under Alternative I,  about  11.9
  percent of commercial firms  are likely to experience financial  failure with no
  size  cutoff to mitigate tfae  impacts of the regulation.  Under Regulatory
  Alternative II approximately  17.8 percent of firms will experience financial
  failure, and under Alternative II! the share of firms that experience
  financial failure is abo«t 19.4 percent.  If a size cutoff equivalent to
  $25,000 in annual receipts is included in the regulation,  the share of firms
 in the commercial sector -that experience financial failure decreases to 0.2,
 6.2, and 6.9  percent under Regulatory Alternatives I,  II,  and III,
 respectively.   if any 3ize cutoff  is  included as part  of the regulation,  the
 share of financial  failures  falls  well below  the 20 percent criterion under
 all three  alternatives.

       Table 7-39  projects  the number  of commercial  firms likely  to experience
 financial  failure under  financial scenario II and the share  of all commercial
 firms  that this number represents.  Under Alternative I, about 14 percent of
 commercial firms are likely to experience financial failure with  no size
 cutoff to mitigate the impacts of the regulation.  Under Regulatory
Alternative II approximately 20 percent of firms will experience  financial
failure, and under Alternative III the share of firms that experience
financial failure is about 23 percent.  If a size cutoff equivalent to $25,000
                                     7-75

-------
in annual receipts is included in the regulation, the share of firms in the
commercial sector that experience financial failure decreases to 5, 8, and 10
percent under Regulatory Alternatives I, II, and III, respectively.

      Unquestionably, self-service coin-operated facilities would incur the
largest percentage increase in production costs as a result of the NESHAP.
The majority of these facilities are relatively small entities, especially in
comparison to commercial and industrial plants.  With no cutoff to mitigate
impacts, more than 20 percent of the facilities with dry cleaning capacity in
this sector would experience adverse economic impacts.  However,  if any size
cutoff above $25,000 is included in the regulation,  virtually all coin-
operated laundries will be exempt.
                                     7-76

-------
                                  SECTION 8
                                 CONCLUSION
        This Economic  Impact Analysis  (EIA) examines  the economic and
  financial impacts associated with three regulatory  alternatives
  considered for proposal in the dry cleaning industry.  In addition, five
  size cutoff levels based on solvent consumption corresponding to target
  levels of annual receipts are analyzed.

        Of particular concern to EPA is the large number of small entities
  potentially affected by the regulation.  The commercial and coin-
  operated sectors of the dry cleaning industry are comprised of thousands
  of small facilities.   According to Census  data,  approximately two-thirds
  of commercial  facilities and over 85 percent of  coin-operated facilities
  earn less than $100  thousand in annual  receipts  (U.S.  Department of
  Commerce I990a;  U.S.  Department of Commerce  1990b).   The  industrial
  sector has much  larger facilities  with  over  90 percent earning over $100
  thousand in annual receipts.  The  alternatives do not  apply to all
  facilities in  these three sectors.  Only those facilities that use  PCE*
  and  do not have the required control equipment are affected under the
  alternatives analyzed.  Over 12,000 potentially affected facilities are
  in the commercial sector, and approximately 1,600 potentially affected
  facilities are in the coin-operated sector.  The industrial sector
  includes only about 65 potentially affected facilities.

       An integrated approach that considers both the economic and
 financial impacts of the alternatives is used to  address  the  concerns
 regarding small business impacts.   Key elements  of the economic  analysis
 are listed below:



                                         oapacity
1 1 l-llf "^±rrY 3f f "M"" aPply " £aoil"«s that use PCE or
1,1,1 J.UA.  However, all facilities that use 111 -rra     •
with the candidate regulatory alternatives'L^n^
impacts are computed only for facilities that use PCE
                                  8-1

-------
  • Analyzed, impacts using an urban/rural model market approach.
    Model markets differentiate, the market for dry cleaning
    services by number of facilities in the markeit, the share of
    affected and unaffected facilities in the market, the baseline
    price of dry cleaning services, and the projected behavioral
    response to regulation.

  • Estimated supply and demand elasticities using simultaneous
    equation modelling techniques and recent time-series data.

  • Estimated the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for firms
    in below-average, average, and above-average financial
    condition.  Computed annualized compliance costs using
    engineering data and the WACC estimated for firms.

  • Estimated short-run price and output adjustments and
    corresponding consumer and producer welfare impacts using
    applied welfare economics.

  • Projected net plant closures based on the assumption that the
    entire reduction in output is accounted for by the smallest
    .size affected plants leaving the industry.

  • Estimated one-time worker displacements and displacement costs


  The financial analysis of affected dry cleaning firms is based on

costs computed for the economic analysis.   Key elements of the

ncial analysis are listed below:

  • Characterized the baseline distribution of commercial dry
    cleaning firms by financial condition and firm size under two
    financial scenarios.  Financial scenario I assumes that since
    capacity utilization is significantly lower at smaller firms,
    all firms in below-average baseline financial condition have
    annual receipts below 550,000, that all firms in average
    condition have annual receipts between $25,000 and $250,000,
    and that all firms in above-average condition have receipts of
    at least $100,000.  Financial scenario II assumes that 25
    percent of all firms of all sizes are in below-average
    condition, 50 percent are in average financial condition, and
    25 percent are in above-average condition.

  • Constructed pro forma, baseline financial statements and
    financial ratios of commercial dry cleaning firms of different
    sizes in below-average, average, and above-average financial
    condition to allow assessment of the financial impacts of
    regulatory alternatives with alternative size cutoffs.

  • Evaluated the availability of funds to firms of different
    baseline financial condition and different, output levels.

  • Evaluated profitability impacts on firms by baseline financial
    status and baseline output level.
                               8-2

-------
cfoitaie?v?rHe^n ownershiP due to Profitability impacts and
capital availability constraints.
                                constraints.
       *
       ,  The economic and  financial  intact s are computed  for  three
   regulatory alternatives and five  size cutoff levels.   In all,  fifteen
   regulatory scenarios are considered.  The analysis shows that  including
   a size cutoff significantly decreases economic and financial impacts. To
   show -the mitigating influence of a size cutoff, two regulatory
   scenarios— Alterntive I with no size cutoff and Alternative II with a
  cutoff corresponding to $100,000 in annual receipts-are highlighted in
  the balance of this section.
      1;
      .The total annualized cost is estimated at $42.9 million under
  ReguJ&tory Alternative  II  with no  cutoff.   These regulatory costs result
  in shprt-run price  increases and output decreases  representing less than
  one ptercent deviation from baseline values.  Producers  and  consumers are
  projected to incur approximately $18 million and $25 million in welfare
  lossefe, respectively.  The  minimal  price and quantity adjustments
  estimated indicate that  impacts  on  consumers are relatively small.
  impacts on producers, however, are  not distributed across all producers
  equally.  The impacts that  an individual dry cleaning firm  may  incur
  depend on a combination of  the market conditions, the baseline  financial
  condition of the firm, and  the size of the firm.

       Alternative II with no cutoff would result in an estimated  1600
 net plant  closures assuming that the reduction in output is  entirely
 accounted  for by closure of the smallest  size affected facility,  in
 addition,  an estimated 920  employees in the  commercial sector alone
 would lose their jobs  resulting in  an estimated  $26.5  million in one-
 time worker displacement  costs.

      The  results of the  financial  analysis indicate that small
 businesses are likely to  incur significant adverse impacts unless  a  size
 cutoff is  included in the regulation.  For example, under Regulatory
 Alternative II and financial scenario I,  approximately 4,872  changes in
 ownership are projected with no size cutoff.   None of these  projected
changes are for  firms in above-average financial condition,   and two-
thirds are  for firms below-average condition.   Under financial scenario
                                  8-3

-------
 II, about 14 percent of the approximately 5,500 changes in ownership
 represent businesses in above-average baseline financial condition,
 another 44 percent are in average financial condition, and the remaining
 42 percent are in below-average financial condition.

      The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires that special consideration
 be given to the impacts of all proposed regulations affecting small
 businesses.  To comply with the guidelines set forth in the Act and to
 help mitigate the impacts of the alternative selected for proposal, five
 cutoff levels based on solvent consumption that correspond to target
 levels of annual receipts are considered.  The inclusion of a cutoff
 level corresponding to $100,000 in annual receipts would result in the
 following economic and financial impacts under Regulatory Alternative
 II:
      Annualized costs                    $11.5 million
      Producer welfare losses             $4.8 million
      Consumer welfare losses             $6.7 million
      Net plant closures                       28
      Number worker displacements             354
      Worker displacement costs           $10.2 million
      Projected changes in ownership         0 -  669
      Impacts under Alternative II with no cutoff are significantly
higher than impacts with a cutoff corresponding to $100,000 in annual
receipts.  Annualized costs, producer welfare losses, and consumer
welfare losses are reduced by about 73 percent compared to the impacts
with no cutoff.  Projected net plant closures are reduced by over 98
percent.  It should be noted that the 28 net plant closures projected
with the cutoff represent much larger plants on average (over $100,000
in annual receipts per plant)  than the 1600 closures projected with no
cutoff  (less than $25,000 in annual receipts per plant) .   Worker
displacements and corresponding displacement costs would be reduced by
over 60 percent.   Perhaps the most significant reduction in impacts is
seen in the projected changes in ownership.  Under the financial
scenario I assumption that all firms in below-average financial
condition at baseline have annual receipts below $50,000,  there are no
projected changes in ownership.  Under the financial scenario II
                                   8-4

-------
assumption, approximately 4,800 fewer changes are projected with a
cutoff, and all of those are in below-average condition at baseline.

      EPA must propose a regulation that adequately reduces the level of
HAP emissions while considering the impacts on small businesses.  This
EIA measures the small business impacts under each of the regulatory
alternatives and helps to provide quantitative support for selecting the
regulatory scenario that meets  both criteria.
                                8-5

-------
                                     SECTION 9

                                    REFERENCES

  Abowd,  John M.  and Orley Ashenfelter.  1981.  "Anticipated Unemployment
        Temporary Layoffs,  and Compensating Wage Differentials."   In  Studio  
-------
Clark, .Lyman H.  1989.  Small Business Financial Data Baaea.  Prepared for the
      Office of Policy, Planning, and. Evaluation, U.S. Environmental
      Protection Agency.

rode of Fedaral Re
-------
  Hamermesh, Daniel S.  1989.   "What Do We Know About Worker Displacement in the
        U.S.?"  Industrial Relation^  28(l):51-59


  Hatsopoulos, George N.  1991.   -Cost of Capital: Reflections of a CEO "
        Business Economies .  26(2) :7— 13


  Houthakker, H. S.,  and Taylor,  L. D.  1970.  canau>n*r n»n»mri 
-------
Radian Corporation.  1991a.  "Documentation of Growth Rates for the Dry
      Cleaning Industry."  Memorandum from Carolyn Norria and Kim Kepford to
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency/ Chemical and Petroleum Branch.
      March 11.

Radian Corporation.  1991b.  "Existing State Exemption Levels."  Memorandum
      from Kim Kepford to Brenda L. Jellicorse, Research Triangle Institute.
      January 7 .

Radian Corporation.  1991c.  "Modelling the Low Income Sector of the HAP Dry
      Cleaning Industry."  Memorandum from Carolyn Norris and Kim Kepford to
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chemical and Petroleum Branch.
      March 1.

Safety—Kleen.  1986.  Analysis of Pry Cleaning Industry.

Sherer  F.M.  1980.  Industrial Market Sturugturp and Economic Performance.
      2nd ed.,  Chicago:  Rand McNally College Publishing Company.

Sluizer, Bud.  1990.  Institute of Industrial Launderers, March 12, 1990.
      Personal communication with Brenda L. Jellicorse, Research Triangle
      Institute.

Steinhoff, Dan and Burgess, John F.  1989.  Small Business Management
      Fundamentals .  5th ed. .  New York:  McGraw-Hill.

Tax Foundation 1991.  Facsimile from Gregg Leong, The Tax Foundation,
      Washington, DC.

Topel, Robert H.   1984.  "Equilibrium Earnings, Turnover, and Unemployment:
      New Evidence."  Journal of Labor Economies  2 (4) :500-522 .

Torp, Richard.  1990.  Coin Laundry Association, February 27,  1990.  Personal
      communication with Brenda L. Jellicorse, Research Triangle Institute.

Torp, Richard.  1991.  International Fabricare Institute.  February 8, 1991.
      Personal communication with" Kristy Mathews, Research Triangle Institute.

U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census.  1985.  1982 Cenfni.l of  Service
      Tnrhiatriea.  Miscellaneous Siib-ieer.a.  Washington, DC:  U.S. Government
      Printing Office.  December.

U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census.  1988.  Caunty  anfl City Data
            1988.   Washington, DC:  U.S. Government  Printing Office.
U.S. Department  of  Commerce, Bureau of the Census.   198 9a.   Statistical
      ah«*t- raet- of the  United States.  Washington, D.C.:   U.S.  Government
      Printing Office.

U.S. Department  of  Commerce, Bureau of Census.   1990a.   J 9ft7 Cenanff nf
      Tn.rtii«1-rie«- Nnn  Employer  Stf»+ "i *1- i p* Series .   Washington,  DC:   U.S.
      Government Printing Office.  March.

U.S. Department  of  Commerce, Bureau. of Census.   1990b.   :9fl7 Senaun nf SftrYJce
      TnrhiatHes. Subject Series.  Washington:   U.S. Government Printing
      Office .  April .
                                      9-4

-------
 U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census.  1990c.   19fl7  r«»n«ii«  Of
       ServicB Industrie*. Ganffranhre Ar»a s«>t.jfn   Washington, D.C.:
       Governmafnt Printing Office.


 U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census.  1990d.   statisM^]
       Abatrant  nf film United St.atfin.  Washington, DC:  U.S.  Government
       Printing  Office.


 U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census.  1991.  Current Population
       Surveys Branch,  April 15,  1991.   Personal communication with Kristy
       Mathewa,  Research Triangle Institute.


 U.S.  Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis.  1989b.   Surrey nf
       Currsnt: Rufnnmn.   Washington, DC:   U.S.  Government Printing Office
       March.


 U.S.Department  of  Labor,  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  1991a.   1980-iqflg
       rcnnfiimnr  FlKpftnrtirure  Survny.   Washington,  DC:  United States Government
       Printing  Office.


 U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau  of  Labor Statistics.   1991b.  EmBirwm.ru.
       Karninnn.   Washington, DC:  U.S. Government  Printing Office.  April.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1982.  "EPA Implementation  of the
      Regulatory Flexibility Act."  Memorandum from Anne  M.  Gorsuch  to EPA
      Administrators and Office Directors.  February 9.

Van Home,  Janes C.  1980.   financial Manaa^m- ™* p«T1ry   5th  ed.
      Englewod  Cliffs:  Prentiss Hall.
                                     9-5

-------

-------
TABLE A-l.  BASELINE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS IN BELOW-
            AVERAGE FINANCIAL CONDITION
Company Sales Range
Income Sf.afc*»m*»nt'
Sales
cost of goods sold
gross profit
other expenses and
taxes
net profit
Balance Sh*>«»t-
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current
assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current
liabilities
total current
liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liab-M -it-i»«»
a«/-4 XT^s* Us^vt-U
< $25K
17,736
8,288
9,448
9,270
177

315
1,225
1,539
924
2,463
7,698
2,255
12,415
665
58
795
1,561
3,079
4,370
7,449
4,966
9,336
12,415
$25-50K
40,545
18,948
21,597
21,192
405

720
2,799
3,519
2,112
5,630
17,597
5,154
28,382
1,520
132
1,817
3,569
7,039
9,990
17,029
11,353
21,343
28,382
$50-75K
67,021
31,320
35,701
35,030
670

1,190
4,627
5,817
3,490
9,308
29,087
8,520
46,915
2,513
218
3,004
5,899
11,635
16,514
28,149
18,766
35,280
46,915
•••••••MB
$75-100K
93,829
43,848
49,981
49,042
938

1,666
6,478
8,144
4,887
13,031
40,722
11,928
65,680
3,518
306
4,206
8,259
16,289
23,119
39,408
26,272
49,392
65,680
•••••••••••1
> $100K
367,510
171,746
195,764
192,090
3,675

6,526
25,373
31,900
19,140
51,039
159,500
46,718
257,257
13,779
1,198
16,474
32,349
63,800
90,554
154,354
102,903
193,457
257,257
                                   A-l

-------
TABLE A-2.  BASELINE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS  IN AVERAGE
            FINANCIAL CONDITION
Company Sales Range
Tneome Staf^ntent
Sales
cost of goods sold
gross profit
other expenses and
taxes
net profit
Balan.flf> Sheet
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current
assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current
liabilities
total current
liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Tnt-al Liabilities
< $25K
17,736
7,786
9,950
8,709

1,241
1,548
650
2,198
958
3,157
3,191
2,207

8,555
394
34
471
924
1,822
2,105
3,927
4,628
6,732
8,555
$25-50K
40,545
17,799
22,746
19,908

2,838
3,540
1,486
5,026
2,190
7,216
7,295
5,045

19,556
900
78
1,076
2,112
4,165
4,811
8,976
10,579
15,391
19,556
S50-75K
67,021
29,422
37,599
32,907

4,691
5,851
2,457
8,308
3,620
11,928
12,057
8,340

32,325
1,487
129
1,778
3,491
6,885
J7,952
14,837
17,488
25,440
32,325
$75-100K
93,829
41,191
52,638
46,070

6,568
8,191
3,439
11,630
5,069
16,699
16,880
11,676

45,255
2,082
181
2,489
4,888
9,639
11,133
20,772
24,483
35,616
45,255
> $100K
367,510
161,337
206,173
180,448

25,725
32,083
13,471
45,554
19,853
65,407
66,117
45,732

177,257
8,154
709
9,749
19,144
37,755
43,606
81,361
95,895
139,501
177,257
          Worth
                                       A-2

-------
TABLE A-3.  BASELINE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF DRY CLEANING FIRMS IN ABOVE-
            AVERAGE FINANCIAL CONDITION
Company Sales Range
Income fit-.atem^nt-
Sales
cost of goods sold
gross profit
other expenses and
taxes
net profit
Balance Sh*»^>f,
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current
assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current
liabilities
total current
liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liahilit-ip.«?
.» « ^ %v.«.A. r.v_ 	 t_ L.
< $25K

17,736
7,284
10,452
8,147

2,305

1,379
267
1,646

753
2,399
2,352
2,344

7,095
. 102
9
121
238
470
594
1,064
6,030
6,624
7,095
S25-50K

40,545
16,651
23,894
18,624

5,270

3,152
611
3,763

1,720
5,484
5,377
5,358

16,218
232
20
278
545
1,075
1,358
2,433
13,785
15,143
16,218
$50-75K

67,021
27,524
39,497
30,784

8,713

5,211
1,010
6,221

2,844
9,065
8,887
8,857

26,808
384
33
459
901
1,777
2,244
4,021
22,787
25,031
26,808
$75-100K

93,829
38,533
55,296
43,098

12,198

7,295
1,414
8,709

3,981
12,691
12,442
12,399

37,532
537
47
643
1,262
2,488
3,141
5,630
31,902
35,043
37,532
> $100K

367,510
150,928
216,582
168,806

47,776

28,574
5,538
34,112

15,594
49,706
48,732
48,566

147,004
2,105
183
2,517
4,942
9,746
12,305
22,051
124,953
137,258
147,004
                                    A-3

-------
TABLE A-4.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN BELOW-AVERAGE FINANCIAL
            CONDITION:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE I
Company Sales Range
Income Statement
Sales
cost: of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balance Sheet
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liabilities
$0-25K

17,736 '
8,288
9,448
9,608
-161

-7,200
1,225
-5,975
924
-5,052
15,212
2,255
12,415
665
58
795
1,561
3,079
4,370
7,449
4,966
9,336
12,415
525-50K

40,545
18,948
21,597
21,464
133

-6,582
2,799
-3,783
2,112
-1,671
24,899
5,154
28,382
1,520
132
1,817
3,569
7,039
9,990
17,029
11,353
21,343
28,382
$50-75K

67,021
31,320
35,701
35,216
485

-5,614
4,627
-987
3,490
2,504
35,891
8,520
46,915
2,513
218
3,004
5,899
11,635
16,514
28,149
18,766
35,280
46,915
$75-100K

93,829
41,191
49,981
49,179
801

-5,667
6,478
811
4,887
5,697
48,055
11,928
65,680
3,518
306
4,206
8,259
16,289
23,119
39,408
26,272
49,392
65,680
$ >100K

367,510
43,848
195,764
191,990
3,774

-10,011
25,373
15,362
19,140
34,502
176,037
46,718
257,257
13,779
1,198
16,474
32,349
63,800
90,554
154,354
102,903
193,457
257,257
  and Net Worth
                                      A-4

-------
TABLE A-5.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN AVERAGE FINANCIAL CONDITION-
            REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE I
Company Sales Range
Tn<^pp^ staf'-puQ^n.t"
Sales
cost of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balance Sh*»f»t-
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liabilities
-.«*-! IT A J_ T.t ._. __J_ W
$0-25K
17,736
7,786
9,950
10,667
-717
1,548
650
2,198
958
3,157
10,706
2,207
16,069
394
34
2,091
924
3,443
8,863
12,306
3,764
12,627
16,069
$25-50K
40,545
17,799
22,746
21,754
991
3,540
1,486
5,026
2,190
7,216
14,596
5,045
26,858
900
78
2,650
2,112
5,740
11,378
17,118
9,740
21,118
26,858
$50-75K
67,021
29,422
37,599
34,560
3,038
5,851
2,457
8,308
3,620
11,928
18,861
8,340
39,129
1,487
129
3,245
3,491
8,353
14,071
22,424
16,705
30,777
39,129
$75-100K
93,829
41,191
52,638
47,789
4,849
8,191
3,439
11,630
5,069
16,699
24,214
11,676
52,589
2,082
.181
4,071
4,888
11,221
17,728
28,949
23,640
41,368
52,589
$ >100K
367,510
161,337
206,173
183,915
22,258
32,083
13,471
45,554
19,853
65,407
82,655
45,732
193,794
8,154
709
13,315
19,144
41,322
58,479
99,801
93,993
152,472
193,794
                                    A-5

-------
A-6.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN ABOVE-AVERAGE FINANCIAL
      CONDITION:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE I
arapany Sales Range
Statement.
j
of goods
3 profit
~ expenses and taxes
profit
a Sheet

mts receivable
plus accounts
vable
: current assets
current assets
assets
non-current assets
assets
nts payable
p lyable
payable
current liabilities
current liabilities
urrent liabilities
Liabilities
orth
al
•.labilities
At Worth
$0-25K

17,736
7,284
10,452
10,079
373
1,379
267
1,646
753
2,399
9,867
2,344
14,609
102
9
1,716.
238
2,065
7,341
9,406
5,204
12,544
14,609
$25-50K

40,545
16,651
23,894
20,445
3,449
3,152
611
3,763
1,720
5,484
12,678
5,358
23,520
232
20
1,827
545
2,625
7,913
10,538
12,982
20,895
23,520
$50-75K

67,021
27,524
39,497
32,414
7,083
5,211
1,010
6,221
2,844
9,065
15,691
8,857
33,612
384
. 33
1,903
901
3,221
8,352
11,574
22,039
30,391
33,612
$75-100K

93,829
38,533
55,296
44,791
10,504
7,295
1,414
8,709
3,981
12,691
19,775
12,399
44,865
537
47
2,199
1,262
4,045
9,725
13,770
31,095
40,821
44,865
$ >100K

367,510
150,928
216,582
172,216
44,366
28,574
5,538
34,112
15,594
49,706
65,270
48,566
163,542
2,105
183
6,026
4,942
13,256
27,152
40,408
123,134
150,286
163,542
                               A-6

-------
TABLE A-7.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN BELOW-AVERAGE
            CONDITION:    REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE II
FINANCIAL
Company Sales Range
Income Statement
Sales
cost of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balance ?bfiftf
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liabilities
anri Mof- W/-\-.-t-K
$0-25K

17,736
8,288
9,448
11,059
-1,611

-6,367
1,225
-5,142
924
-4,219
14,379
2,255
12,415
665
58
795
1,561
3,079
4,370
7,449
4,966
9,336
12,415
tamamm^mmmm
$25-50K

40,545
18,948
21,597
22,663
-1,065

-5,893
2,799
-3,094
2,112
-982
24,209
5,154
28,382
1,520
132
1,817
3,569
7,039
9,990
17,029
11,353
21,343
28,382
$50-75K

67,021
31,320
35,701
35,828
-127

-5,261
4,627
-634
3,490
2,856
35,539
8,520
46,915
2,513
218
3,004
5,899
11,635
16,514
28,149
18,766
35,280
46,915
$75-100K

93,829
43,848
49,981
50,140
-160

-5,114
6,478
1,364
4,887
6,251
47,502
11,928
65,680
3,518
306
4,206
8,259
16,289
23,119
39,408
26,272
49,392
65,680
•••••••••MM
$ >100K

367,510
171,746
195,764
193,894
1,871

-8,696
25,373
16,678
19,140
35,818
174,722
46,718
257,257
13,779
1,198
16,474
32,349
63,800
90,554
154,354
102,903
193,457
257,257
                                   A-7

-------
TABLE A-8.  f SANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN AVERAGE FINANCIAL CONDITION:
            r 3ULATORY ALTERNATIVE II
Compa • -• les Range ",
Income St , £, ,
Sales
cost of •
gross pr
other e: s and taxes
net proi .
Balance S
cash
account ~. ivable
cash pi . ounts
receivat)..
other ci assets
total cv assets
fixed af
other nc rent assets
total ass
account )le
loans p:-.
notes p
other c liabilities
total c liabilities.
non-cui labilities
total li -es
net wor
capital
Tnhal T,ii. &S.
and Net
30-25K

17,736
7,786
9,950
11,938
-1,988
1,548
650
2,198
958
3,157
9,872
2,207
15,236
394
34
1,911
924
3,263
8,114
11,377
3,859
11,973
15,236
$25-50K

40,545
17,799
22,746
22,804
-59
3,540
1,486
5,026
2,190
7,216
13,907
5,045
26,168
900
78
2,502
2,112
5,591
10,758
16,349
9,819
20,577
26,168
$50-75K

67,021
29, 422
37,599
35,096
2,503
5,851
2,457
8,308
3,620
11,928
18,509
8,340
38,777
1,487
129
3,169
3,491
8,277
13,754
22,031
16,74(5
30,500
38,777
$75-100K

93,829
41,191
52,638
48,630
4,008
8,191
3,439
11,630
5,069
16,699
23,660
11,676
52,035
2,082
181
3,951
4,888
11, 101
17,231
28,332
23,703
40,934
52,035
$ >100K

367,510
161,337
206,173
185,535
20,638
32,083
13,471
45,554
19,853
65,407
81,339
45,732
192,478
8,154
709
13,032
19,144
41,038
57,296
98,334
94,145
151,440
192,478
                                      A-8

-------
TABLE A-9.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN ABOVE-AVERAGE
            CONDITION:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE II
FINANCIAL
Company Sales Range
Income Statement-
Sales
cost of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balance Sheet
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liabilities
av**4 KT*«4- &7A_4»U
SO-25K

17,736
7,284
10,452
11,353
-901

1,379
267
1,646
753
2,399
9,033
2,344
13,776
102
9
1,539
238
1,888
6,592
8,481
5,295
11,888
13,776
$25-50K

40,545
16,651
23,894
21,497
2,397

3,152
611
3,763
1,720
5,484
11,989
5,358
22,831
232
20
1,681
545
2,479
7,294
9,773
13,058
20,352
22,831
$50-75K

67,021
27,524
39,497
32,951
6,546

5,211
1,010
6,221
2,844
9,065
15,338
8,857
33,260
384
33
1,828
901
3,147
8,036
11,182
22,077
30,113
33,260
$75-100K

93,829
38,533
55,296
45,635
9,661

7,295
1,414
8,709
3,981
12,691
19,222
12,399
44,312
537
47
2,081
1,262
3,927
9,228
13,156
31,156
40,384
44,312
$ >100K

367,510
150,928
216,582
173,841
42,741

28,574
5,538
34,112
15,594
49,706
63,954
48,566
162,226
2,105
183
5,747
4,942
12,977
25,970
38,947
123,279
149,249
162,226
                                   A-9

-------
TABLE A-10. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF  FIRMS  IN BELOW-AVEFLAGE FINANCIAL
            CONDITION:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE III
Company Sales Range
Income Statement:
Sales
cost of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balanpe Sheet
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total T, •labilities
and. Net Wprth
$0-25K

17,736
8,288
9,448
11,108
-1,660

-6,386
1,225
-5,162
924
-4,238
14,399
2,255
12,415
665
58
795
1,561
3,079
4,370
7,449
4,966
9,336
12,415
$25-50K

40,545
18,948
21,597
22,772
-1,175

-5,931
2,799
-3,132
2,112
-1,020
24,248
5,154
• 28,382
1,520
132
1,817
3,569
7,039
9,990
17,029
11,353
21,343
28,382
$50-75K

67,021
31,320
35,701
36,151
-450

-5,360
4,627
-733
3,490
2,758
35,637
8,520
46,915
2,513
218
3,004
5,899
11,635
16,514
28,149
18,766
35,280
46,915
$75-100K

93,829
43,848
49,981
50,489
-509

-5,163
6,478
1,315
4,887
6,202
47,551
11,928
65,680
3,518
306
4,206
8,259
16,289
23,119
39,408
26,272
49,392
65,680
$ >100K

367,510
171,746
195,764
194,835
930

-8,747
25,373
16,626
19,140
35,766
174,773
46,718
257,257
13,779
1,198
16,474
32,349
63,800
90,554
154,354
102,903
193,457
257,257
                                      A-10

-------
TABLE A-ll. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS IN AVERAGE FINANCIAL CONDITION-
            REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE III
Company Sales Range
Tnr?nm«» p^a^p^non*-
Sales
cost of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balance Sh^f-
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liah-i ].itip^
and Net; Worth

$0-25K

17,736
7,786
9,950
11,991
-2,041

1,548
650
2,198
958
3,157
9,892
2,207
15,256
394
34
1,916
924
3,267
8,131
11,399
3,857
11,988
15,256
$25-50K

40,545
17,799
22,746
22,922
-177

3,540
1,486
5,026
2,190
7,216
13,945
5,045
26,207
900
78
2,510
2,112
5,600
10,792
16,392
9,815
20,607
26,207
^•••^••^•^•^
$50-75K

67,021
29,422
37,599
35,441
2,158

5,851
2,457
8,308
3,620
11,928
18,607
8,340
38,875
1,487
129
3,190
3,491
8,298
13,843
22,141
16,735
30,577
38,875
-^^ -^^^^^^^^^^ ^__^__
S75-100K

93,829
41,191
52,638
48,990
3,648

8,191
3,439
11,630
5,069
16,699
23,709
11,676
52,084
2,082
181
3,962
4,888
11,112
17,274
28,386
23,698
40,972
52,084
mtmmmmmfmtmm
$ >100K

367,510
161,337
206,173
186,487
19,686

32,083
13,471
45,554
19,853
65,407
81,391
45,732
192,530
8,154
709
13,043
19,144
41,049
57,342
98,391
94,139
151,481
192,530
                                   A-ll

-------
TABLE A-12. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRMS  IN ABOVE-AVERAGE FINANCIAL
            CONDITION:  REGULATORY ALTERNATIVE  III
Company Sales Range
y rt OOTH^* S i yi \ ^*^^Pn1*
Sales
cost of goods
gross profit
other expenses and taxes
net profit
Balance Sheet
cash
accounts receivable
cash plus accounts
receivable
other current assets
total current assets
fixed assets
other non-current assets
total assets
accounts payable
loans payable
notes payable
other current liabilities
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
total liabilities
net worth
capital
Total Liabilities
and Net Worth
$0-25K

17,736
7,284
10,452
11,406
-954

1,379
267
1,646

753
2,399
9,053
2,344
13,796
102
9
1,544
238
1,893
6,610
8,503
5,293
11,903
13,796

325-50K

40,545
16,651
23,894
21,615
2,279

3,152
611
3,763

1,720
5,484
12,027
5,358
22,869
232
20
1, 689
545
2,487
7,329
9,815
13,054
20,382
22,869

$50-75K

67,021
27,524
39,497
33,295
6,202

5,211
1,010
6,221

2,844
9,065
15,437
8,857
33,358
384
33
1,849
901
3,167
8,124
11,292
22,067
30,191
33,358

$75-100K

93,829
38,533
55,296
45,994
9,302

7,295
1,414
8,709

3,981
12,691
19,271
12,399
44,360
537
47
2,092
1,262
3,938
9,272
13,210
31,151
40,423
44,360

$ >100K

367,510
150,928
216,582
174,793
41,790

28,574
5,538
34,112

15,594
49,706
64,006
48,566
162,278
2,105
183
5,758
4,942
12,988
26,017
39,004
123,273
149,290
162,278

                                      A-12

-------
   1. REPORT NO.
    EPA 450/3-91-021
                                      TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                               please read Instructions on me reverse tie fore completmgi
  4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
2.
    Economic Impact  Analysis of Regulatory Controls  in  the
    Dry Cleaning Industry
  7. AUTHOR(S>
                                                               8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
  9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
    Office  of Air Quality  Planning & Standards
    U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
    Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
  12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
   Director
   Office  of Air Quality Planning & Standards
   U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
 I  Research Triangle Park, NC   27711	
 J15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES              ~	~
                               3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.

                               5. REPORT DATE  '       ~~
                               October 1991
                                                               6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
                              10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                              11. CONTRACT/GRANT NOT"

                                 68-D1-0143
                              13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                               4. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                                EPA/200/04
  16. ABSTRACT           ~~
   Under authority of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments, a National Emission Standard
   for Hazardous  Air Pollutants  (NESHAP)  is being proposed to control  perchloroethylene
   r?TCS7^M  ^^    aning/aCilitieS'   Coi*-°perated (SIC 7215),  commercial
   (SIC 7216), and industrial (SIC 7218)  sectors of  the dry cleaning industry were
   evaluated.  This  report analyzes three regulatory alternatives and  five  exemption
   levels considered for proposal using  an  integrated approach that examines both
   economic and financial impacts on dry  cleaning facilities.
 17.
                                 KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                   DESCRIPTORS
  Air pollution
  Dry cleaning
  Hazardous air  pollutants
  Emission controls
  Economic impact
                                                b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                Air pollution control
                                                                           c.  COSATI Field/Group
13B
  Unlimited
               19. SECURITY CLASS {ThisReport)
                Unclassified
                                                                           21. NO. OF PAGES
L
               20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
               Unclassified
                                                                             231
                                                                           22. PRICE
 EPA Form 2220-J (R»v. 4-77)   PREVIOUS EDITION is OBSOLETE

-------